Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2...

177
Table of Contents Series 2 Storage Overview Series 2 Pedestals 2 Series 2 Overhead Storage 3 Series 2 Storage Towers 7 Series 2 Storage Finish Selections Series 2 Storage Finish Selections 8 Series 2 Steel Front Storage Pedestals Steel Front 9 Overhead Storage Steel Front with Dividends Mounting Brackets 12 Overhead Storage Steel Front with Reff Mounting Brackets 15 Storage Towers Steel Front 17 Series 2 Veneer Front Storage Pedestals Veneer Front 54 Overhead Storage Veneer Front with Dividends Mounting Brackets 57 Overhead Storage Veneer Front with Reff Mounting Brackets 60 Bookshelves with Reff Mounting Brackets 62 Storage Towers Veneer Front 63 Series 2 Morrison Front Storage Pedestals Morrison Front 87 Overhead Storage Steel Front with Morrison Mounting Brackets 90 Bookshelves with Morrison Mounting Brackets 92 Storage Towers Morrison Front 93 Series 2 Currents Front Storage Pedestals Currents Front 124 Storage Towers Currents Front 127 Accessories Pedestals Accessories 158 Overhead Storage Accessories 160 Storage Tower Accessories 162 Alpha-Numeric Index 170 KnollKey Lock Program 176 General Ordering Information 177 Series 2 Storage PLS20907 1 Copyright Q 2007 Knoll, Inc. All rights reserved. All prices effective 2/15/2007.

Transcript of Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2...

Page 1: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Table of Contents

Series 2 Storage Overview Series 2 Pedestals 2Series 2 Overhead Storage 3Series 2 Storage Towers 7

Series 2 Storage Finish Selections Series 2 Storage Finish Selections 8Series 2 Steel Front Storage Pedestals Steel Front 9

Overhead Storage Steel Front with Dividends Mounting Brackets 12Overhead Storage Steel Front with Reff Mounting Brackets 15Storage Towers Steel Front 17

Series 2 Veneer Front Storage Pedestals Veneer Front 54Overhead Storage Veneer Front with Dividends Mounting Brackets 57Overhead Storage Veneer Front with Reff Mounting Brackets 60Bookshelves with Reff Mounting Brackets 62Storage Towers Veneer Front 63

Series 2 Morrison Front Storage Pedestals Morrison Front 87Overhead Storage Steel Front with Morrison Mounting Brackets 90Bookshelves with Morrison Mounting Brackets 92Storage Towers Morrison Front 93

Series 2 Currents Front Storage Pedestals Currents Front 124Storage Towers Currents Front 127

Accessories Pedestals Accessories 158Overhead Storage Accessories 160Storage Tower Accessories 162

Alpha-Numeric Index 170

KnollKey Lock Program 176

General Ordering Information 177

Series 2 Storage

PLS209071

Copyright Q 2007 Knoll, Inc.All rights reserved.All prices effective 2/15/2007.

Page 2: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Series 2 PedestalsFloorstanding, Doublewide, Mobile - Specifications

Series 2 Floorstanding PedestalsSeries 2 floorstanding pedestals areused to support worksurfaces inboth panel wrapped andfreestanding applications. Nocantilevers or other supports arerequired at the end of theworksurface supported by apedestal.

Two drawer configurations areavailable: box/box/file and file/ file.Pedestals are available notavailable without locks.

The Series 2, 249 deep pedestal isoffered without a back. In panelapplications or in freestandingdesking applications where the deskis against the wall, a back is notnecessary.

In desking applications where theback of the case is exposed, anoptional back case is used toconceal the pedestals contents.

The 189 and 309 deep Series 2pedestals include a back with eachcase.

Available Sizes (Nominal)Depths: 189, 249 and 309Width: 159Height: 267/89

Series 2 Doublewide PedestalsThe doublewide pedestalincorporates two 129 high drawersin a 309 or 369 width (183/49 depth)and is intended for belowworksurface applications only. Thedoublewide’s design allows forside-to-side letter or legal filing andfront-to-back letter filing.

Doublewide pedestals cannot beused with 18 ( deep worksurfaces.

Available Sizes: (Nominal)Depth: 183/49Width: 309 and 369Height: 267/89

File drawer (doublewide pedestal)• Internal height: 93/49• Internal width: 263/49 and 323/49• Internal depth: 153/49

ConstructionPedestal specifications:• Outer wrapper: 20-gauge steel• Drawer front: 20-gauge steel

(double wide front: 18-gauge)• Pedestal back: 20-gauge• 7/8 extension ball bearing• Full extension ball bearing• Leveling glides: 3/89 diameter

steel stem with 11/29of heightadjustment (double wide ped:5/169 diameter steel stem with a 19/169 of height adjustment

LocksSeries 2 pedestals can be orderedwith or without locks. Note,Individual locking drawers are notavailable.

Locks are randomly keyed unlessotherwise specified. Other keyingoptions include keyed alike orkeyed with lock cores K001-K250.All locks are factory-installed andhave a black finish.

24( Deep CasesInternal Drawer DimensionsBox drawer• Internal height: 45/169• Internal width: 121/169• Internal depths: 183/89File drawer• Internal height: 91/49• Internal width: 121/169• Internal depths: 183/89

Pedestal AccessoriesAll Series 2 pedestal accessoriesincluding the hanging file channelmust be specified separately.

Mobile PedestalsSeries 2 mobile pedestals providemoveable storage within aworkstations and tuck beneathworksurfaces when not in use.Available drawer configurations arebox/file, box/box/file and file/file.

Note: Series 2 pedestals, should notbe mixed with standard, Dividends,Morrison, Reff or Currentspedestals.

Mobile pedestals roll on fourcorner-mounted swivel casters andone bottom drawer-mounted casterfor stability when the lower draweris in the open position. The frontcorner casters are locking.

Mobile pedestals may be specifiedwith an optional handle allowingeasy mobility.

Keyed alike ordered separate,shipped separate.

All mobile pedestals include13-gauge finished tops. A back isincluded with all Series 2 mobilepedestals.

Pedestals may be specified withoutthe top for attachment of a pedestalcushion. Pedestal cushion may beordered through the Knoll Currentsproduct line.

Series 2 Pedestals with VeneerDrawer FrontsSeries 2 pedestals may be specifiedwith veneer fronts on floorstanding,mobile and doublewide pedestals.

Series 2Pedestal with Veneer Fronts

Series 2 Storage

2

Page 3: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Series 2 Overhead StoragePanel-Mounted Cabinets - Specifications

72" WideOverhead Cabinet(Double Door)

24"-48" WideOverhead Cabinet(Single Door)

54" or 66" Wide OffsetDouble-DoorOverhead Cainet

Overhead Cabinets and BookShelvesCabinets mount to the integralvertical channels on the systemsspecific panels to provide overheadstorage within workstations.

Overhead cabinets consist of a top,shelf, end panels, overhead doorwith or without lock and requiredassembly screws. 309 to 489 widecabinets have single doors whilecabinets 549, 609, 669 and 729 widehave double doors. 549 wideoverhead cabinets will ship withone 249 and one 309 door. 669 wideoverhead cabinets will ship withone 309 and one 369 door. 549 and669 overhead doors may be removedand reversed.

Overheads must match the width ofsingle or multiple panels andcannot be mounted off-module.

All cabinets are shippedknocked-down.

Available Sizes (Nominal)

• Height: Cabinet 159• Depth: 141/89• Widths: 249, 309, 369, 429, 489,

549 609, 669 and 729

Cabinet and shelf specifications:

• Horizontal top and shelf:18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),16-gauge (609 to 729 wide)painted roll-formed steel

• Overhead door: 20-gauge paintedroll-formed steel

• Overhead door end trim: Colorinjected, molded plastic

• End panels: 16-gauge paintedsteel with integral mountinghooks

• Overhead door suspension:Steel ball bearing

Interior DimensionsThe interior dimensions of overheadcabinets and shelves are:

• Depth: 129• Usable interior height: 125/89• Width: 1/89 shorter than the

exterior width

Front View, Interior Height

Top View, Interior Depth

12-5/8"

12"

Cabinet Door ClearanceCabinet doors open over the tops ofcabinets. Required clearance is161/49 total height (height of cabinetplus top clearance required).

Touchdown Overhead CabinetsTouchdown overhead cabinets areequipped with hydraulic assistcylinders that allow the overheadcabinet front to gently fall to aclosed position.

Retrofit mechanisms may be fieldadded to any Series 2 overheadcabinet excluding Veneer fronts.

Task LightsAll cabinets and shelves will acceptstandard Dividends task lights. Forinformation, please see accessoriessection for task lights. Task lightsmust be ordered separately.

LocksLocks are standard on overheadcabinets and keyed randomly unlessotherwise specified. Other keyingoptions include keyed alike orkeyed with lock cores K001-K250.All locks are factory-installed andare black finish. Cabinets can alsobe specified without locks ifrequired. When locks are notspecified a plug is located in thelock position. Optional lock retrofitkits are available for fieldinstallation at a later date ifrequired. See page 176 foradditional keying information.

Series 2 Storage

3

Page 4: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Series 2 Overhead StoragePanel Upmount Cabinets - Specifications

Panel Upmount OverheadCabinets used on DividendspanelsUpmount cabinets mount to 509 highpanels only to provide overheadstorage within workstations and arean alternative to overheadspanel-mounted on 649 high panels.Upmount cabinets have full finishedbacks and require upmount bracketsfor mounting.

When installed on 509 highDividends panels, upmount cabinetsmatch up to the overall 649 height ofpanel-mounted overhead cabinetsand freestanding overdesks toprovide a consistent height withinthe facility.

Overhead cabinets consist of a top,shelf, end panels, enclosed back,overhead door with or without lockand required assembly screws. 309 to489 wide cabinets have single doorswhile cabinets 549, 609, 669 and 729wide have double doors. 549 wideoverhead cabinets will ship with one249 and one 309 door. 669 wideoverhead cabinets will ship with one309 and one 369 door. 549 and 669overhead doors may be removed andreversed.

Upmount cabinets are shippedknocked-down.

Upmount overheads must match thewidth of single or multiple panelsand cannot be mounted off module.

Available Sizes (Nominal)

• Height: 159• Depth: 131/29• Widths: 309, 369, 429, 489, 549

609, 669 and 729

Panel Upmount Cabinet

Series 2 Upmount cabinetspecification:

• Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge(309 to 489 wide), 16-gauge (609 to729 wide) painted roll-formed steel

• Overhead door: 20-gauge paintedroll-formed steel

• Overhead door suspension: Steelball-bearing

• Overhead door end trim: Colorinjected, molded plastic

• End panels: 16-gauge paintedsteel with integral mounting hooks

• Upmount brackets: 14-gauge steel

Interior DimensionsUpmount cabinet interiors measure:

• Depth 129• Usable interior height: 125/89• Width: 1/89 shorter than the

exterior width.

Front View, Interior Height

Top View, Interior Depth

12-5/8"

12"

Cabinet Door ClearanceCabinet doors open over the tops ofcabinets. Required clearance is:161/49 total height (height of cabinetplus top clearance required).

Available Sizes

• Height: 159• Depth: 131/29• Widths: 309, 369, 429, 489

Upmount BracketsCabinet upmount brackets arerequired for upmount applications.Upmount brackets are orderedseparately in pairs.

(Touchdown ( Overhead CabinetsTouchdown Overhead cabinets areequipped with hydraulic assistcylinders that allows the overheadcabinet front to gently fall to a closedposition.

Retrofit mechanisms may be fieldadded to any Series 2 overheadcabinet with the exception of Veneerfront cabinets.

LocksLocks are standard on overheadcabinets and keyed randomly unlessotherwise specified. Other keyingoptions include keyed alike or keyedwith lock cores K001-K250. Alllocks are factory-installed and areblack finish. Cabinets can also bespecified without locks if required.When locks are not specified a plugis located in the lock position.Optional lock retrofit kits areavailable for field-installation at alater date if required. See page 176for additional keying information.

Task LightsAll upmount cabinets will accepttask lights. For information, pleasesee accessories section for tasklights. Task lights must be orderedseparately.

Series 2 Storage

4

Page 5: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Series 2 Overhead StoragePanel-Mounted Bookshelves - Specifications

Overhead Book ShelvesBook shelves mount to the integralvertical channels on panels toprovide overhead storage withinworkstations.

Book shelves include a shelf, endpanels, open back and requiredassembly screws.

Shelves must match the width ofsingle or multiple panels andcannot be mounted off-module.

All book shelves are shippedknocked-down.

Available Sizes (Nominal)

• Height: shelf 89• Depth: 141/89• Widths: 249, 309, 369, 429, 489,

549 609, 669 and 729

Shelf Specifications

• Horizontal shelf:18-gauge (249 to 489 wide),16-gauge (609 to 729 wide)painted roll-formed steel

• End panels: 16-gauge paintedsteel with integral mountinghooks

12"

Top View, Interior Depth

Available Sizes (Nominal)

• Height: 89• Depth: 129• Widths: 369, 429, and 489

Task Lights BookshelvesAll shelves will accept standardDividends task lights.For information, please seeaccessories section. Task lightsmust be ordered separately.

Series 2 Storage

5

Page 6: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Series 2 Overhead StorageTask Lights - Specifications

Task LightsDividends task lights are available instandard and electronic ballastmodels. Task lights must be orderedseparately from overhead cabinetsand overdesk units.

All task lights include mountinghardware for attachment to overheadcabinets and shelves, upmountcabinets and freestanding overdesks.

Task light housings are painted darkgrey.

Task Light Mounting PositionsTask lights have adjustable mountingbrackets that lock into integralchannels in the underside of thecabinet’s lower shelf. The springsteel adjustable mounting bracketsflex to install without requiring toolsand allow the light to be positioned atany position side-to-side andfront-to-back.

Cordset Wire ManagementThe cordset exits out of the centerback of the task light housing. Thisallows the cordset to be positionedeither to the right or left of the tasklight to access the closest availableduplex.

Cord Management ClipsCord management clips attach to theintegral slotted channels on panelframes to manage task light cordsets.Clips are 3/89 high black moldedplastic construction. Additional cordmanagement clips can be orderedseparately.

PanelFrame

CordManagementClip

......

....

......

....

New York City ApplicationsTask lights are approved for NewYork City installations.

City of Chicago ApplicationsCity of Chicago task lights have a 98power cord with a resettable circuitbreaker built into the plug. Tospecify City of Chicago task lights,add a ‘‘CH’’ suffix to the end of thepattern number.

Specifications

Task LightsSpecify task light one size or lessthan the overall cabinet or overdeskwidth. Task lights are dark greyfinish.

Series 2 Storage

6

Page 7: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Series 2 Storage TowersSeries 2 Storage Towers - Specifications

Series 2 Storage TowerSeries 2 freestanding storage towersare stand-alone storage units thatprovide vertical storage.

Available Sizes (Nominal)Depth: 249Width: 159, 249, 309Height: 429, 509 and 649

ConstructionsSeries 2 storage towers match theaesthetic of the Series 2 pedestaland double wide.Storage Tower specifications:• Outer wrapper: 20-gauge steel• Door front: 20-gauge steel• Drawer front: 20-gauge steel• Storage tower cap: 20-gauge steel• Tower base: 18-gauge steel• Box drawer suspension: Full ball

bearing slides• Leveling glides: 3/89 diameter

steel stem with 19 of heightadjustment

• Vertical supports: 18-gauge steel

LocksStorage towers can be ordered withor without lock. When specifiedwithout locks plugs, a lock plug isincluded. An optional lock retrofitkit is available for field installationof locks at a later date.

Locks are keyed randomly unlessotherwise specified. Other optionsinclude keyed alike or keyed withlock cores K001-K250. All locksare factory installed and have ablack finish

• Single door towers: Include (2)locks

• Double door towers: Include (2)locks

• Wardrobe towers: Include (3)locks

• 159 wide Side Access Bookcaseand Display towers: Include (1)lock

• 249 wide Side Access Bookcaseand Display towers: Include (2)locks

See page 176 for additional keyinginformation.

Storage Tower Accessories /Hanging file bars for front to backand side-to-side filing for the lateralfile are included with the storagetower. Please see accessoriessection for optional pedestal draweraccessories.

Note: When a tower is specifiedwith a wardrobe, the handedness ofthe case is deteremined by thelocation of the wardrobe.

For single door units without awardrobe, the handedness of thecase is determined by the hinge sideof the door.

For side access bookcase anddisplay towers without wardrobes,the handedness is determined bythe orientation of the Bookcase.

Note: Worksurfaces may beconnected to side access bookcaseand display towers only. This maybe accomplished by using theworksurface splice kit patternDT3WSP. Remember to specify afinish color.

ShelvesAll Series 2 towers are shipped with(1) user adjustable shelf, with theexception of 649 tall Side AccessBookcase and Display towers whichship with (2).

Series 2 Storage

7

Page 8: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Series 2 Storage Finish Selections

Knoll Color Program

Core Paint FinishesSpecify Core finishes for all newcustomers

P1 Paint Finishes111 Jet Black

(was 27 Matte Black)112 Brown113 Dark Grey (was Y3)114 Folkstone Grey115 Medium Grey116 SandStone117 Soft Grey (was E)

P1 Textured Paint Finishes111T Textured Jet Black112T Textured Brown113T Textured Dark Grey114T Textured Folkstone Grey115T Textured Medium Grey116T Textured SandStone117T Textured Soft Grey

P2 Paint Finishes611 Beige Mist Metallic612 Medium Metallic Grey

(was J)

P2 Textured Paint Finishes611T Textured Beige Mist

Metallic612T Textured Medium

Metallic Grey

P3 Paint Finishes118 Bright White613 Silver (was 3)

P3 Textured Paint Finishes118T Textured Bright White

Legacy Paint FinishesSpecify Legacy Finishes to matchexisting product only. Legacyfinishes are not available for newcustomers

P1 Paint FinishesY1 Pewter

P2 Paint FinishesW Light Tan MetallicH Beige Metallic

Knoll Legacy Finish SelectionsSeries 2 Veneer Front StorageFinish Colors

P1 Paint FinishesLD Charcoal GreyLC Oyster GreyLE Willow Grey

P2 Paint Finishes2 Metallic FlintU Light Metallic GreyV Dark Metallic GreyW Light Tan MetallicH Beige Metallic

V1 Techwood Veneer FinishesKB BeechKW Medium WalnutKC CherryKN ChestnutKF MahoganyKD Dark MahoganyKE Light OakKA AshKM MapleKT Medium Oak

V2 Conventional Veneer FinishesVC Medium CherryVE Dark CherryKFW Mahogany on WalnutVB BeechVM Light Maple

Knoll Legacy Finish SelectionsSeries 2 Morrison Front StorageFinish Colors

P1 Paint FinishesN2 FlintNW Light TanNH Beige

P2 Paint Finishes2 Metallic FlintU Light Metallic GreyW Light Metallic TanH Metallic BeigeV Dark Metallic Grey

P3 Paint FinishesB White

Knoll Legacy Finish SelectionsSeries 2 Currents Front StorageFinish Colors

P1 Paint FinishesN2 FlintNW Light TanNH Beige

P2 Paint Finishes2 Metallic FlintU Light Metallic GreyW Light Metallic TanH Metallic BeigeV Dark Metallic Grey

P3 Paint FinishesB White

ColorAll inside and outside case surfacesare painted in the same specifiedpaint color.

Interior components and accessoriesare painted black. * Note, Series 2Accessories including hanging filebars must be ordered separately.

Note: For veneer front storage,specifiers must select a paint finishfor the case as well as choosing aveneer selection for the front.

Custom Color PolicyFor all colors outside the standardpalettes for Series 2 storage asdefined within this price list, Knollwill custom match to yourspecification according to thefollowing requirements.

The request for custom paint colormust be accompanied by a purchaseorder and by a master color matchapplied to metal, having dimensionsof at least 39 X 59.

Knoll will evaluate the sample todetermine application feasibility.Upon approval for application,Knoll will forward two factorysamples with an assigned Knollcolor name and code for customerapproval. One of the approvedsamples must be signed andreturned to Knoll before an ordermay be placed.

Upon receiving customer approval,Knoll will enter the order.

Custom colors will be processed at aP2 list price for standardnon-metallic finishes or at a P3 listprice for metallic or white finishes.

Standard Knoll Series 2 finishesapplied to Series 2 products outsideof their assigned color selectionswill be processed at a P3 list price.

Extended lead-times may apply tocustom paint match selections.Please consult your CustomerService Representative for currentlead-time information.

For further assistance with orderingor specification of Series 2 storageproducts, consult your Knoll salesrepresentative.

Veneer Finishes

Ultra Clear Polyur Wood FinishesVeneer Name Finish Code Veneer Grade

Beech (Y311) Techwood V1Medium Walnut (Y323) Techwood V1Cherry (Y319) Techwood V1Chestnut (Y325) Techwood V1Mahogany (Y328) Techwood V1Dark Mahogany (Y326) Techwood V1Light Oak (Y327) Techwood V1Ash (Y324) Techwood V1Maple (Y316) Techwood V1Medium Oak (Y329) Techwood V1Medium Cherry (V319) Conventional V2Dark Cherry (V314) Conventional V2Mahogany on Walnut (V318) Conventional V2Beech (V311) Conventional V2Light Maple (V316) Conventional V2

Series 2 Storage

8

Page 9: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Steel FrontFloorstanding Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Floorstanding Pedestal with two box and one filedrawer with lock

147/89 171/49 267/89 Y DS2PFL18A $497. $572. $596.147/89 231/49 267/89 Y DS2PFL24A 426. 490. 511.147/89 291/49 267/89 Y DS2PFL30A 574. 661. 691.

Floorstanding Pedestal with two file drawers withlock

147/89 171/49 267/89 Y DS2PFL18B 478. 550. 574.147/89 231/49 267/89 Y DS2PFL24B 404. 465. 485.147/89 291/49 267/89 Y DS2PFL30B 549. 630. 658.

Series 2 Floorstanding Pedestal Case Back 147/89 N/A 267/89 N/A DS2XPB 72. 82. 85.

Order Code

Example: DS2PFL24A-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontPF Pedestal FloorstandingL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/File117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $15 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DS2PFN18A).

Note:249 deep floorstanding pedestals donot include a back panel. Backpanels must be ordered separately.189 and 309 floorstanding pedestalshave backs standard.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (87), for pricingand ordering information )

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, dand h areactual to the nearest 1/169

249 Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/169• Box drawer width: 121/169• Box drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Series 2 Storage

9

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 10: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Steel FrontMobile Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Mobile Pedestal with one box and one file drawer 147/89 163/49 205/89 Y DS2PML18F $730. $840. $876.147/89 223/49 205/89 Y DS2PML24F 523. 601. 626.

Mobile Pedestal with two box and one file drawer 147/89 163/49 263/89 Y DS2PML18A 821. 944. 985.147/89 223/49 263/89 Y DS2PML24A 584. 672. 701.

Mobile Pedestal with two file drawers 147/89 163/49 263/89 Y DS2PML18B 796. 916. 956.147/89 223/49 263/89 Y DS2PML24B 584. 672. 701.

Order Code

Example: DS2PML24A-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontPM Pedestal MobileL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/File117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Add $50 list for Mobile Handle.Add a ‘‘P’’ between the ‘‘L’’ lockcode and the case size to designatethe handle option, example(DS2PMLP24A)

Deduct $35 list for units without atop. Add an ‘‘O’’ in place of the ‘‘M’’in the pattern number to designatethe no-top option, example(DS2POL18A)

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (88), for pricingand ordering information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

249 Deep Mobile Pedestal InternalDrawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/169• Box drawer width: 121/169• Box drawer depth: 91/49• File drawer height: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Series 2 Storage

10

Page 11: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Steel FrontDouble Wide Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Doublewide Pedestal with two file drawers 309 183/49 267/89 Y DS2DW30L $755. $868. $905.369 183/49 267/89 Y DS2DW36L 797. 917. 957.

Order Code

Example: DS2DW30L-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontDW Doublewide Pedestal30 309 wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2DW36L).

Application Notes

Doublewide pedestals are notintended for freestanding use andmust be secured beneath a panelsupported worksurface. (See Calibrelateral files price list for two drawerfiles that can be used forfreestanding applications)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169.

Doublewide Pedestal InternalDrawer Dimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/49• Lateral drawer width: 263/49 and

323/249• Lateral drawer depth: 153/49

Series 2 Storage

11

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 12: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage Steel Front with Dividends MountingBracketsPanel Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Panel mount overhead cabinet with lock 237/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM24L $412. $474. $495.297/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM30L 412. 474. 495.357/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM36L 448. 515. 537.417/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM42L 489. 562. 585.477/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM48L 537. 617. 644.537/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM54L 638. 734. 766.597/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM60L 638. 734. 766.657/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM66L 711. 817. 853.717/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM72L 711. 817. 853.

Order Code

Example: DS2PM24L-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontPM Panel Mount Overhead24 249 wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2PM24N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

249 through 489 wide units have asingle door. 549 through 669 wideunits have off-set double doors. 729wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.

Application Notes

S2 panel mount overheads may bewall mounted using the DividendsOverhead Wall-mount Bracket. (SeeS2 overhead accessories)

Touchdown kits are intended for usewith steel door fronts only. (See S2overhead accessories for Touch-downkits for overheads)

Add $150 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding an ‘‘E’’ to the pattern numberas indicated DS2PM24EL. For unitswith two doors add $300 to the list.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169.

Series 2 Storage

12

Page 13: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage Steel Front with Dividends MountingBracketsUp-Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Up-mount overhead cabinet with back and lock 297/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM30L $561. $644. $672.357/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM36L 578. 665. 694.417/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM42L 598. 686. 716.477/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM48L 608. 699. 728.537/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM54L 817. 939. 980.597/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM60L 817. 939. 980.657/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM66L 854. 982. 1,025.717/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM72L 854. 982. 1,025.

Series 2 Seel Front Up-Mount Bracket(Dividends)

7/89 123/169 113/49 N/A DB1U18 61. 66. 71.

Order Code

Example: DS2UM30L-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontUM Up-Mount Overhead30 309 wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2UM30N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

249 through 489 wide units have asingle door. 549 through 669 wideunits have off-set double doors. 729wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.

Up-mount overhead cabinetsinclude an enclosed back.

Application Notes

Touchdown kits are intended for usewith steel door fronts only. (See S2overhead accessories for Touch-downkits for overheads)

Add $150 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding an ‘‘E’’ to the pattern numberas indicated DS2UM30EL. Forunits with two doors add $300 to thelist.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169.

Series 2 Storage

13

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 14: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage Steel Front with Dividends MountingBracketsStanchion Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Stanchion mount overhead cabinet with back andlock

357/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD36L $922. $1,061. $1,108.417/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD42L 940. 1,082. 1,129.477/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD48L 953. 1,095. 1,142.537/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD54L 1,161. 1,335. 1,394.597/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD60L 1,161. 1,335. 1,394.657/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD66L 1,197. 1,378. 1,437.717/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD72L 1,197. 1,378. 1,437.

Order Code

Example: DS2OD36L-117

DS2 Series 2 Steel FrontOD Stanchion Mount

Overhead36 369 wideL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2OD36N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

369 through 489 wide units have asingle door. 549 through 669 unitshave off-set double doors. 729 wideunits have two doors. Units with twodoors have two locks.

Stanchion mount overhead storagecabinets include an enclosed back.

Application Notes

Touchdown kits are intended for usewith steel door fronts only. (See S2overhead accessories for Touch-downkits for overheads)

Add $150 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding an ‘‘E’’ to the pattern numberas indicated DS2OD36EL. For unitswith two doors add $300 to the list.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169.

Series 2 Storage

14

Page 15: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage Steel Front with Reff Mounting BracketsPanel Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Panel mount overhead cabinet with lock 237/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM24L $467. $490. $514.297/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM30L 467. 490. 514.357/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM36L 478. 503. 527.417/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM42L 490. 515. 541.477/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM48L 508. 533. 560.537/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM54L 697. 733. 769.597/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM60L 697. 733. 769.657/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM66L 720. 757. 796.717/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM72L 720. 757. 796.

Order Code

Example: RS2PM24L-113

RS2 Series 2 Steel Front(Reff)

PM Panel Mount Overhead24 249 wideL Locking113 Dark Grey

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RS2PM24L). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

249 through 489 wide units have asingle door. 549 through 669 wideunits have off-set double doors. 729wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.

Note: this product features a steelfront with Reff componentsmounting features.

Application Notes

Touchdown kits are intended for usewith steel door fronts only. (See S2overhead accessories for Touch-downkits for overheads)

Add $150 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding and ‘‘E’’ to the patternnumber as indicated RS2PM30EL.For units with two doors add $300 tothe list.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169.

Series 2 Storage

15

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 16: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage Steel Front with Reff Mounting BracketsUp-Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Up-mount overhead cabinet with back and lock 237/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM24L $584. $613. $644.297/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM30L 584. 613. 644.357/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM36L 603. 633. 665.417/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM42L 621. 653. 684.477/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM48L 632. 664. 697.537/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM54L 852. 894. 938.597/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM60L 852. 894. 938.657/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM66L 886. 930. 977.717/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM72L 886. 930. 977.

Series 2 Veneer Front Up-mount OverheadBracket (Reff)

123/169 7/89 113/49 RB1U18 257. 270. 284.

Order Code

Example: RS2UM30L-113

RS2 Series 2 Steel Front(Reff)

UM Up-Mount Overhead30 309 WideL Locking113 Dark Grey

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with an ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RS2UM30N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

249 through 489 wide units have asingle door. 549 through 669 wideunits have off-set double doors. 729wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.

Application Notes

Touchdown kits are intended for usewith steel door fronts only. (See S2overhead accessories for Touch Downkits for overheads)

Add $150 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding and ‘‘E’’ to the patternnumber as indicated RS2UM30EL.For units with two doors add $300 tothe list.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/69.

Series 2 Storage

16

Page 17: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

429 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 415/169 Y DT3SBLH4215BBFL $1,295. $1,489. $1,554.right hand 147/89 231/29 415/169 Y DT3SBRH4215BBFL 1,295. 1,489. 1,554.

429 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 14 7/8’9 231/29 415/169 Y DT3SBLH4215FFL 1,236. 1,422. 1,484.right hand 147/89 231/29 415/169 Y DT3SBRH4215FFL 1,236. 1,422. 1,484.

509 High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SLH5015BBFL 1,518. 1,746. 1,822.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SRH5015BBFL 1,518. 1,746. 1,822.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5715BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forwardrobe units. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DT3SLH5015BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH5015MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawers behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG)SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Series 2 Steel frontdoors are standard without a handle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

17

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 18: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SLH5015FFL $1,369. $1,575. $1,642.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SRH5015FFL 1,369. 1,575. 1,642.

509 High Single Door tower with two box and twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SLH5015BBFFL 1,662. 1,911. 1,995.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SRH5015BBFFL 1,662. 1,911. 1,995.

509 High Single Door tower with three filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SLH5015FFFL 1,537. 1,766. 1,844.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SRH5015FFFL 1,537. 1,766. 1,844.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5715BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forwardrobe units. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DT3SLH5015BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH5015MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawers behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG)SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Series 2 Steel frontdoors are standard without a handle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

18

Page 19: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SBLH5015BBFL $1,366. $1,570. $1,638.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SBRH5015BBFL 1,366. 1,570. 1,638.

509 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SBLH5015FFL 1,295. 1,489. 1,554.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SBRH5015FFL 1,295. 1,489. 1,554.

579 High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SLH5715FFL 1,405. 1,616. 1,685.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SRH5715FFL 1,405. 1,616. 1,685.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5715BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forwardrobe units. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DT3SLH5015BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH5015MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawers behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG)SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Series 2 Steel frontdoors are standard without a handle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

19

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 20: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SLH5715BBFL $1,554. $1,787. $1,864.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SRH5715BBFL 1,554. 1,787. 1,864.

579 High Single Door tower with three filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SLH5715FFFL 1,571. 1,806. 1,884.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SRH5715FFFL 1,571. 1,806. 1,884.

579 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SBLH5715FFL 1,320. 1,518. 1,583.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SBRH5715FFL 1,320. 1,518. 1,583.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5715BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forwardrobe units. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DT3SLH5015BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH5015MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawers behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG)SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Series 2 Steel frontdoors are standard without a handle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

20

Page 21: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SBLH5715BBFL $1,391. $1,600. $1,668.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SBRH5715BBFL 1,391. 1,600. 1,668.

649 High, Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SLH6415BBFL 1,590. 1,828. 1,907.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SRH6415BBFL 1,590. 1,828. 1,907.

649 High, Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SLH6415FFL 1,441. 1,658. 1,730.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SRH6415FFL 1,441. 1,658. 1,730.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5715BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forwardrobe units. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DT3SLH5015BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH5015MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawers behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG)SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Series 2 Steel frontdoors are standard without a handle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

21

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 22: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, Single Door tower with two box and twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SLH6415BBFFL $1,719. $1,977. $2,063.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SRH6415BBFFL 1,719. 1,977. 2,063.

649 High, Single Door tower with three filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SLH6415FFFL 1,605. 1,846. 1,927.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SRH6415FFFL 1,605. 1,846. 1,927.

649 High, Single Door tower with four file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SLH6415FFFFL 1,745. 2,007. 2,095.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SRH6415FFFFL 1,745. 2,007. 2,095.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5715BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forwardrobe units. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DT3SLH5015BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH5015MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawers behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG)SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Series 2 Steel frontdoors are standard without a handle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

22

Page 23: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SBLH6415BBFL $1,413. $1,626. $1,696.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SBRH6415BBFL 1,413. 1,626. 1,696.

649 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SBLH6415FFL 1,344. 1,545. 1,611.right hand 159 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SBRH6415FFL 1,344. 1,545. 1,611.

649 High Side Access Display tower with two boxand one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3BDLH6415BBFL 1,431. 1,646. 1,717.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3BDRH6415BBFL 1,431. 1,646. 1,717.

Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5715BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forwardrobe units. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DT3SLH5015BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH5015MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawers behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG)SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Series 2 Steel frontdoors are standard without a handle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

23

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 24: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High Side Access Display tower with two filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3BDLH6415FFL $1,361. $1,566. $1,633.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3BDRH6415FFL 1,361. 1,566. 1,633.

Note: Display towers are open to access on two sides, i.e., the front and one side.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5715BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forwardrobe units. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (DT3SLH5015BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH5015MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawers behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG)SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Series 2 Steel frontdoors are standard without a handle.Handles may be ordered forcupboard doors as a special.

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

24

Page 25: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

429 High, Side Access Bookcase with two boxand one file drawer with wardrobe (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 415/169 Y DT3WSBLH4224BBFL $1,876. $2,158. $2,253.right hand 237/89 231/29 415/169 Y DT3WSBRH4224BBFL 1,876. 2,158. 2,253.

429 High, Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 415/169 Y DT3WSBLH4224FFL 1,803. 2,074. 2,164.right hand 237/89 231/29 415/169 Y DT3WSBRH4224FFL 1,803. 2,074. 2,164.

509 High Single Door with wide drawer (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SLH5024WL 1,288. 1,482. 1,547.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SRH5024WL 1,288. 1,482. 1,547.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

25

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 26: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High Single Door with two wide drawers (lefthand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SLH5024WWL $1,501. $1,728. $1,803.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3SRH5024WWL 1,501. 1,728. 1,803.

509 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3D5024WL 1,588. 1,826. 1,905.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (DT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

509 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3D5024WWL 1,823. 2,097. 2,188.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (DT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

26

Page 27: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSLH5024BBFL $1,723. $1,982. $2,068.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSRH5024BBFL 1,723. 1,982. 2,068.

509 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSLH5024FFL 1,549. 1,781. 1,859.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSRH5024FFL 1,549. 1,781. 1,859.

509 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSLH5024BFFL 1,803. 2,073. 2,163.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSRH5024BFFL 1,803. 2,073. 2,163.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

27

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 28: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSLH5024FFFL $1,813. $2,084. $2,174.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSRH5024FFFL 1,813. 2,084. 2,174.

509 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSLH5024BBFFL 1,979. 2,276. 2,375.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSRH5024BBFFL 1,979. 2,276. 2,375.

509 High, Side Access Bookcase with two boxand one file drawer with wardrobe (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSBLH5024BBFL 1,886. 2,168. 2,263.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSBRH5024BBFL 1,886. 2,168. 2,263.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

28

Page 29: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSBLH5024FFL $1,813. $2,084. $2,174.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSBRH5024FFL 1,813. 2,084. 2,174.

579 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSLH5724FFL 1,598. 1,838. 1,917.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSRH5724FFL 1,598. 1,838. 1,917.

579 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSLH5724FFFL 1,857. 2,136. 2,227.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSRH5724FFFL 1,857. 2,136. 2,227.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

29

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 30: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSLH5724BFFL $1,884. $2,166. $2,259.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSRH5724BFFL 1,884. 2,166. 2,259.

579 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSLH5724BBFL 1,786. 2,054. 2,143.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSRH5724BBFL 1,786. 2,054. 2,143.

579 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSLH5724BBFFL 2,022. 2,325. 2,425.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSRH5724BBFFL 2,022. 2,325. 2,425.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

30

Page 31: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSBLH5724FFL $1,889. $2,172. $2,266.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSBRH5724FFL 1,889. 2,172. 2,266.

579 High, Side Access Bookcase with two boxand one file drawer with wardrobe (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSBLH5724BBFL 1,960. 2,254. 2,351.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSBRH5724BBFL 1,960. 2,254. 2,351.

579 High Single Door with wide drawer (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SLH5724WL 1,331. 1,530. 1,596.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SRH5724WL 1,331. 1,530. 1,596.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

31

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 32: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High Single Door with two wide drawers (lefthand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SLH5724WWL $1,558. $1,792. $1,869.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3SRH5724WWL 1,558. 1,792. 1,869.

579 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3D5724WL 1,620. 1,863. 1,943.

579 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3D5724WWL 1,911. 2,197. 2,292.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

32

Page 33: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High Single Door with wide drawer (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SLH6424WL $1,349. $1,551. $1,619.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SRH6424WL 1,349. 1,551. 1,619.

649 High Single Door with two wide drawers (lefthand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SLH6424WWL 1,566. 1,800. 1,878.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3SRH6424WWL 1,566. 1,800. 1,878.

649 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3D6424WL 1,652. 1,900. 1,983.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (DT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

33

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 34: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3D6424WWL $1,959. $2,253. $2,350.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (DT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

649 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSLH6424BBFL 1,798. 2,068. 2,158.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSRH6424BBFL 1,798. 2,068. 2,158.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

34

Page 35: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSLH6424FFL $1,604. $1,845. $1,926.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSRH6424FFL 1,604. 1,845. 1,926.

649 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSLH6424BFFL 1,911. 2,197. 2,294.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSRH6424BFFL 1,911. 2,197. 2,294.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

35

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 36: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSLH6424FFFL $1,901. $2,186. $2,280.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSRH6424FFFL 1,901. 2,186. 2,280.

649 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSLH6424BBFFL 2,065. 2,374. 2,476.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSRH6424BBFFL 2,065. 2,374. 2,476.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

36

Page 37: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with four file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSLH6424FFFFL $2,093. $2,406. $2,510.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSRH6424FFFFL 2,093. 2,406. 2,510.

649 High, Side Access Bookcase with two boxand one file drawer with wardrobe (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSBLH6424BBFL 2,001. 2,301. 2,402.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSBRH6424BBFL 2,001. 2,301. 2,402.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

37

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 38: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSBLH6424FFL $1,933. $2,223. $2,320.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSBRH6424FFL 1,933. 2,223. 2,320.

649 High Display tower with two box and one filedrawer and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WBDLH6424BBFL 2,021. 2,325. 2,425.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WBDRH6424BBFL 2,021. 2,325. 2,425.

649 High Display tower with two file drawers andwardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WBDLH6424FFL 1,950. 2,244. 2,340.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WBDRH6424FFL 1,950. 2,244. 2,340.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

38

Page 39: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers - Full Height Door

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, tower with one single(Full height door)(Left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3FSLH5024L $1,213. $1,407. $1,472.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3FSRH5024L 1,213. 1,407. 1,472.

509 High, tower with wardrobe/cabinet(Full height doors)(Left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3FWSLH5024L 1,513. 1,751. 1,830.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3FWSRH5024L 1,513. 1,751. 1,830.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Full height door towers are designedto compliment the aesthetic ofDividends Horizon storagecomponents.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

39

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 40: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers - Full Height Door

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3FWSFLH5024BBFL $1,748. $2,007. $2,093.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3FWSFRH5024BBFL 1,748. 2,007. 2,093.

509 High, tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3FWSFLH5024FFL 1,574. 1,806. 1,884.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3FWSFRH5024FFL 1,574. 1,806. 1,884.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Full height door towers are designedto compliment the aesthetic ofDividends Horizon storagecomponents.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

40

Page 41: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers - Full Height Door

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, tower with one single(Full height door)(Left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3FSLH5724L $1,256. $1,455. $1,521.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3FSRH5724L 1,256. 1,455. 1,521.

579 High, tower with wardrobe/cabinet(Full height doors)(Left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3FWSLH5724L 1,545. 1,788. 1,868.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3FWSRH5724L 1,545. 1,788. 1,868.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Full height door towers are designedto compliment the aesthetic ofDividends Horizon storagecomponents.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

41

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 42: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers - Full Height Door

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3FWSFLH5724BBFL $1,811. $2,079. $2,168.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3FWSFRH5724BBFL 1,811. 2,079. 2,168.

579 High, tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3FWSFLH5724FFL 1,623. 1,863. 1,942.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3FWSFRH5724FFL 1,623. 1,863. 1,942.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Full height door towers are designedto compliment the aesthetic ofDividends Horizon storagecomponents.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

42

Page 43: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers - Full Height Door

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with one single(Full height door)(Left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3FSLH6424L $1,274. $1,476. $1,544.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3FSRH6424L 1,274. 1,476. 1,544.

649 High, tower with wardrobe/cabinet(Full height doors)(Left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3FWSLH6424L 1,577. 1,825. 1,908.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3FWSRH6424L 1,577. 1,825. 1,908.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Full height door towers are designedto compliment the aesthetic ofDividends Horizon storagecomponents.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

43

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 44: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front249 Wide Storage Towers - Full Height Door

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with two box and one filedrawer, door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3FWSFLH6424BBFL $1,823. $2,093. $2,183.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3FWSFRH6424BBFL 1,823. 2,093. 2,183.

649 High, tower with two file drawers,door, wardrobe (Left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3FWSFLH6424FFL 1,629. 1,870. 1,951.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3FWSFRH6424FFL 1,629. 1,870. 1,951.

Order Code

Example: DT3SBLH5724BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finishSpecification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(DT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Note: Series 2 Steel front doors arestandard without a handle. Handlesmay be ordered for cupboard doors asa special.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Single door towers: Include (2) locks

Double door towers: Include (2)locks

Wardrobe towers: Include (3) locks

159 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (1) lock

249 wide Side Access Bookcase andDisplay towers: Include (2) locks

Full height door towers are designedto compliment the aesthetic ofDividends Horizon storagecomponents.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows:; 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

44

Page 45: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

297/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3D5030WL $1,823. $2,097. $2,188.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (DT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

509 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

297/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3D5030WWL 2,183. 2,509. 2,619.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (DT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

509 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSLH5030BBFL 1,813. 2,084. 2,174.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSRH5030BBFL 1,813. 2,084. 2,174.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSLH5730BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available. A 69 drawer,behind a cupboard door is availableby adding the numeral 1 to the endof the pattern number, example(DT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Application Notes

Note: 69 drawers behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

45

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 46: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSLH5030FFL $1,677. $1,929. $2,013.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSRH5030FFL 1,677. 1,929. 2,013.

509 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSLH5030FFFL 1,846. 2,123. 2,215.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSRH5030FFFL 1,846. 2,123. 2,215.

509 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSLH5030BFFL 1,831. 2,105. 2,196.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSRH5030BFFL 1,831. 2,105. 2,196.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSLH5730BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available. A 69 drawer,behind a cupboard door is availableby adding the numeral 1 to the endof the pattern number, example(DT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Application Notes

Note: 69 drawers behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

46

Page 47: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSLH5030BBFFL $2,010. $2,310. $2,412.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y DT3WSRH5030BBFFL 2,010. 2,310. 2,412.

579 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSLH5730FFL 1,765. 2,029. 2,117.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSRH5730FFL 1,765. 2,029. 2,117.

579 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSLH5730FFFL 1,898. 2,183. 2,277.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSRH5730FFFL 1,898. 2,183. 2,277.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSLH5730BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available. A 69 drawer,behind a cupboard door is availableby adding the numeral 1 to the endof the pattern number, example(DT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Application Notes

Note: 69 drawers behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

47

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 48: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSLH5730BFFL $1,905. $2,191. $2,285.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSRH5730BFFL 1,905. 2,191. 2,285.

579 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSLH5730BBFL 1,899. 2,183. 2,277.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSRH5730BBFL 1,899. 2,183. 2,277.

579 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSLH5730BBFFL 2,062. 2,371. 2,473.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3WSRH5730BBFFL 2,062. 2,371. 2,473.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSLH5730BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available. A 69 drawer,behind a cupboard door is availableby adding the numeral 1 to the endof the pattern number, example(DT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Application Notes

Note: 69 drawers behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

48

Page 49: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

297/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3D5730WL $1,871. $2,151. $2,244.

579 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

297/89 231/29 563/169 Y DT3D5730WWL 2,278. 2,619. 2,732.

649 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3D6430WL 1,911. 2,197. 2,294.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (DT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSLH5730BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available. A 69 drawer,behind a cupboard door is availableby adding the numeral 1 to the endof the pattern number, example(DT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Application Notes

Note: 69 drawers behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

49

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 50: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3D6430WWL $2,295. $2,638. $2,753.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (DT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

649 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSLH6430BBFL 1,933. 2,223. 2,320.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSRH6430BBFL 1,933. 2,223. 2,320.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSLH5730BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available. A 69 drawer,behind a cupboard door is availableby adding the numeral 1 to the endof the pattern number, example(DT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Application Notes

Note: 69 drawers behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

50

Page 51: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSLH6430FFL $1,803. $2,073. $2,163.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSRH6430FFL 1,803. 2,073. 2,163.

649 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSLH6430FFFL 1,950. 2,244. 2,340.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSRH6430FFFL 1,950. 2,244. 2,340.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSLH5730BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available. A 69 drawer,behind a cupboard door is availableby adding the numeral 1 to the endof the pattern number, example(DT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Application Notes

Note: 69 drawers behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

51

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 52: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSLH6430BFFL $1,959. $2,253. $2,350.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSRH6430BFFL 1,959. 2,253. 2,350.

649 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSLH6430BBFFL 2,114. 2,432. 2,537.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSRH6430BBFFL 2,114. 2,432. 2,537.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSLH5730BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available. A 69 drawer,behind a cupboard door is availableby adding the numeral 1 to the endof the pattern number, example(DT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Application Notes

Note: 69 drawers behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

52

Page 53: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Steel Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with four file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSLH6430FFFFL $2,141. $2,462. $2,570.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y DT3WSRH6430FFFFL 2,141. 2,462. 2,570.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSLH5730BBFL-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL Locking117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single doorand double door units or $75 forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(DT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available. A 69 drawer,behind a cupboard door is availableby adding the numeral 1 to the endof the pattern number, example(DT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Application Notes

Note: 69 drawers behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardand wardrobe area of the 159, 249and 309 wide towers to supportbinders as well as shorter coats. (SeeTower Accessories for pricing andorder entry information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1= $250

Series 2 Storage

53

Ser

ies

2S

teel

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 54: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Veneer FrontFloorstanding Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2 P1 P2 P3

Floorstanding Pedestal with two box and one filedrawer with lock

147/89 171/49 267/89 Y RS2PFL18A $810. $891.147/89 231/49 267/89 Y RS2PFL24A 782. 861.147/89 291/49 267/89 Y RS2PFL30A 912. 1,003.

Floorstanding Pedestal with two file drawers withlock

147/89 171/49 267/89 Y RS2PFL18B 775. 852.147/89 231/49 267/89 Y RS2PFL24B 748. 823.147/89 291/49 267/89 Y RS2PFL30B 889. 979.

Series 2 Floorstanding Pedestal Case Back 147/89 N/A 267/89 N/A DS2XPB 72. 82. 85.

Order Code

Example: RS2PFL24A-VC 113

RS2 Series 2 Veneer FrontPF Pedestal FloorstandingL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileVC Front Finish, Med

Cherry113 Dark Grey

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RS2PFN18A).

Note:249 deep floorstanding pedestals donot include a back panel. Backpanels must be ordered separately.189 and 309 floorstanding pedestalshave backs standard.

Note: Be sure to specify a paintfinish for the case as well as aveneer selection for the fronts.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (54), for pricingand ordering information)

Note: Do not use with Reff DeskHeight components

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, dand h areactual to the nearest 1/169

249 Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/169• Box drawer width: 121/169• Box drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 18 3/8’

Series 2 Storage

54

Page 55: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Veneer FrontMobile Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

Mobile Pedestal with two box and one file drawer 147/89 163/49 263/89 Y RS2PML18A $1,089. $1,197.147/89 223/49 263/89 Y RS2PML24A 1,089. 1,197.

Mobile Pedestal with one box and one file drawer 147/89 163/49 205/89 Y RS2PML18F 985. 1,083.147/89 223/49 205/89 Y RS2PML24F 985. 1,083.

Mobile Pedestal with two file drawers 147/89 163/49 263/89 Y RS2PML18B 1,089. 1,197.147/89 223/49 263/89 Y RS2PML24B 1,089. 1,197.

Order Code

Example: RS2PML24A-VC 113

RS2 Series 2 Veneer FrontPM Pedestal MobileL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileVC Front Finish, Med

Cherry113 Dark Grey

Specification Information

Add $52 list for Mobile Handle.Add a ‘‘P’’ between the ‘‘L’’ lockcode and the case size to designatethe handle option, example(RS2PMLP24A)

Deduct $37 list for units without atop. Add an ‘‘O’’ in place of the ‘‘M’’in the pattern number to designatethe no-top option, example(RS2POL18A)

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (55), for pricingand ordering information)

Note: Do not use with Reff Desk HighComponents

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, dand h areactual to the nearest 1/169

Mobile Pedestal Internal DrawerDimensions• Box drawer height: 45/169• Box drawer width: 121/169• Box drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Series 2 Storage

55

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 56: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Veneer FrontDouble Wide Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

Doublewide Pedestal with two file drawers 309 183/49 267/89 Y RS2DW30L $1,101. $1,157.369 183/49 267/89 Y RS2DW36L 1,216. 1,277.

Order Code

Example: RS2DW30L-VC 113

RS2 Series 2 Veneer FrontDW Doublewide Pedestal30 309 wideL LockingVC Front Finish, Med

Cherry113 Dark Grey

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RS2DW30N).

Note: Do not use with Reff DeskHeight Components

Application Notes

Doublewide pedestals are notintended for freestanding use andmust be secured beneath asupported worksurface. (See Calibrelateral files price list for two drawerfiles that can be used forfreestanding applications)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

Doublewide Pedestal DrawerInternal Dimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/49• Lateral drawer width: 263/49 and

323/49• Lateral drawer depth: 153/49

Series 2 Storage

56

Page 57: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage Veneer Front with Dividends MountingBracketsPanel Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. V1-P1 V1-P2 V1-P3

Panel mount overhead cabinet with lock 237/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM24L $644. $708. $726.297/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM30L 644. 708. 726.357/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM36L 652. 718. 741.417/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM42L 667. 742. 766.477/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM48L 716. 797. 824.537/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM54L 1,020. 1,115. 1,148.597/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM60L 1,020. 1,115. 1,148.657/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM66L 1,068. 1,175. 1,211.717/89 141/89 159 Y DS2PM72L 1,068. 1,175. 1,211.

Order Code

Example: DS2PM24L-VC 113

DS2 Series 2 Veneer Front(Dividends)

PM Panel Mount Overhead24 249 wideL LockingVC Front Finish, Med

Cherry113 Dark Grey

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2PM24N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

249 through 489 wide units have asingle door. 549 through 669 wideunits have off-set double doors. 729wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.

Application Notes Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169.

Series 2 Storage

57

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 58: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage Veneer Front with Dividends MountingBracketsUp-Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. V1-P1 V1-P2 V1-P3 P1 P2 P3

Up-mount overhead cabinet with back and lock 297/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM30L $757. $840. $870. $561. $644. $672.357/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM36L 780. 868. 898. 578. 665. 694.417/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM42L 811. 901. 930. 598. 686. 716.477/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM48L 854. 946. 975. 608. 699. 728.537/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM54L 1,193. 1,317. 1,356. 817. 939. 980.597/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM60L 1,193. 1,317. 1,356. 817. 939. 980.657/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM66L 1,246. 1,376. 1,417. 854. 982. 1,025.717/89 141/89 159 Y DS2UM72L 1,246. 1,376. 1,417. 854. 982. 1,025.

Order Code

Example: DS2UM24L-VC 113

DS2 Series 2 Veneer Front(Dividends)

UM Up Mount Overhead24 249 wideL LockingVC Front Finish, Med

Cherry113 Dark Grey

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2PM24N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

249 through 489 wide units have asingle door. 549 through 669 wideunits have off-set double doors. 729wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.

Application Notes

Note: Up-mount overhead cabinetsinclude an enclosed back.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

Series 2 Storage

58

Page 59: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage Veneer Front with Dividends MountingBracketsStanchion Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. V1-P1 V1-P2 V1-P3

Stanchion mount overhead cabinet with back andlock

357/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD36L $1,125. $1,265. $1,311.417/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD42L 1,156. 1,296. 1,344.477/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD48L 1,197. 1,342. 1,387.537/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD54L 1,538. 1,713. 1,770.597/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD60L 1,538. 1,713. 1,770.657/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD66L 1,591. 1,772. 1,831.717/89 141/89 159 Y DS2OD72L 1,591. 1,772. 1,831.

Order Code

Example: DS2OD36L-113

DS2 Series 2 Veneer Front(Dividends)

OD Stanchion MountOverhead

36 369 wideL LockingVC Front Finish, Med

Cherry113 Dark Grey

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(DS2PM24N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

249 through 489 wide units have asingle door. 549 through 669 wideunits have off-set double doors. 729wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169.

Series 2 Storage

59

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 60: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage Veneer Front with Reff Mounting BracketsPanel Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

Panel mount overhead cabinet with lock 237/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM24L $667. $735.297/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM30L 667. 735.357/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM36L 692. 762.417/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM42L 710. 779.477/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM48L 755. 831.537/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM54L 1,081. 1,188.597/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM60L 1,081. 1,188.657/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM66L 1,123. 1,236.717/89 141/89 159 Y RS2PM72L 1,123. 1,236.

Order Code

Example: RS2PM24L-VC 113

RS2 Series 2 Veneer Front(Reff)

PM Panel Mount Overhead24 249 WideL LockingVC Front Finish, Medium

Cherry113 Paint Finish, Dark Grey

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit,example(RS2PM24N). Units withtwo doors, deduct $40 from the list.

249 through 489 wide units have asingle door. 549 through 669 wideunits have off-set double doors. 729wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.

Application Notes

Note: Up-mount overhead cabinetsinclude an enclosed back.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169.

Series 2 Storage

60

Page 61: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage Veneer Front with Reff Mounting BracketsUp-Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2 P1 P2 P3

Up-mount overhead cabinet with back and lock 237/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM24L $798. $878. $584. $613. $644.297/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM30L 798. 878. 584. 613. 644.357/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM36L 827. 910. 603. 633. 665.417/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM42L 857. 944. 621. 653. 684.477/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM48L 899. 987. 632. 664. 697.537/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM54L 1,253. 1,378. 852. 894. 938.597/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM60L 1,253. 1,378. 852. 894. 938.657/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM66L 1,312. 1,441. 886. 930. 977.717/89 141/89 159 Y RS2UM72L 1,312. 1,441. 886. 930. 977.

Series 2 Veneer Front Up-mount OverheadBracket (Reff)

123/169 7/89 113/49 RB1U18 257. 270. 284.

Order Code

Example: RS2UM24L-VC 113

RS2 Series 2 Veneer Front(Reff)

UM Up-mount Overhead24 249 WideL LockingVC Front Finish, Medium

Cherry113 Paint Finish, Dark Grey

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RS2UM24N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

249 through 489 wide units have asingle door. 549 through 669 wideunits have off-set double doors. 729wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.

Application Notes Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and hareactual to the nearest 1/169.

Series 2 Storage

61

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 62: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Bookshelves with Reff Mounting Brackets

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Series 2 Overhead Book Shelf (Reff) 237/89 141/89 89 RS2BS24 $142. $149. $157.297/89 141/89 89 RS2BS30 148. 155. 163.357/89 141/89 89 RS2BS36 148. 155. 163.417/89 141/89 89 RS2BS42 154. 162. 169.477/89 141/89 89 RS2BS48 160. 167. 175.537/89 141/89 89 RS2BS54 177. 186. 195.597/89 141/89 89 RS2BS60 177. 186. 195.657/89 141/89 89 RS2BS66 184. 193. 202.717/89 141/89 89 RS2BS72 184. 193. 202.

Order Code

Example: RS2BS30-113

RS2 Series 2 Veneer FrontBS Book Shelf30 309 wideY3 Dark Grey

Specification Information

Note: Steel construction for usewith Reff panels.

Application Notes Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169.

Series 2 Storage

62

Page 63: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

509 High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3SLH5015BBFL $2,799. $3,078.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3SRH5015BBFL 2,799. 3,078.

509 High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3SLH5015FFL 2,524. 2,777.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3SRH5015FFL 2,524. 2,777.

509 High Single Door tower with two box and twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3SLH5015BBFFL 3,063. 3,369.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3SRH5015BBFFL 3,063. 3,369.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5715FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6415BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6415MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Note: Veneer front towers arecomprised of a steel case with woodveneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

63

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 64: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

509 High Single Door tower with three filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3SLH5015FFFL $2,830. $3,114.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3SRH5015FFFL 2,830. 3,114.

579 High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3SLH5715BBFL 2,865. 3,151.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3SRH5715BBFL 2,865. 3,151.

579 High Single Door tower with three filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3SLH5715FFFL 2,893. 3,182.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3SRH5715FFFL 2,893. 3,182.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5715FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6415BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6415MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Note: Veneer front towers arecomprised of a steel case with woodveneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

64

Page 65: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

579 High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3SLH5715FFL $2,590. $2,849.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3SRH5715FFL 2,590. 2,849.

649 High, Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3SLH6415BBFL 2,930. 3,223.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3SRH6415BBFL 2,930. 3,223.

649 High, Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3SLH6415FFL 2,658. 2,923.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3SRH6415FFL 2,658. 2,923.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5715FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6415BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6415MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Note: Veneer front towers arecomprised of a steel case with woodveneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

65

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 66: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

649 High, Single Door tower with two box and twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3SLH6415BBFFL $3,169. $3,485.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3SRH6415BBFFL 3,169. 3,485.

649 High, Single Door tower with three filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3SLH6415FFFL 2,959. 3,256.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3SRH6415FFFL 2,959. 3,256.

649 High, Single Door tower with four file drawersand door (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3SLH6415FFFFL 3,216. 3,537.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3SRH6415FFFFL 3,216. 3,537.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5715FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6415BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6415MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Note: Veneer front towers arecomprised of a steel case with woodveneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

66

Page 67: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w h d lock pattern no. V1 V2

509 High Single Door with wide drawer (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3SLH5024WL $2,289. $2,519.right hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3SRH5024WL 2,289. 2,519.

509 High Single Door with two wide drawers (lefthand shown)

left hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3SLH5024WWL 2,817. 3,100.right hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3SRH5024WWL 2,817. 3,100.

509 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3D5024WL 2,926. 3,220.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (RT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Note: Within CAP, choose from fivefront accent colors for 69 drawerbehind doors only. Drawer fronts areblack unless specified otherwise.For drawers behind doors pricingsee CAP.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

67

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 68: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w h d lock pattern no. V1 V2

509 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3D5024WWL $3,362. $3,699.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (RT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

509 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH5024BBFL 3,425. 3,767.right hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH5024BBFL 3,425. 3,767.

509 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH5024FFL 2,826. 3,107.right hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH5024FFL 2,826. 3,107.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Note: Within CAP, choose from fivefront accent colors for 69 drawerbehind doors only. Drawer fronts areblack unless specified otherwise.For drawers behind doors pricingsee CAP.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

68

Page 69: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w h d lock pattern no. V1 V2

509 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH5024BFFL $3,321. $3,653.right hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH5024BFFL 3,321. 3,653.

509 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH5024FFFL 3,341. 3,675.right hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH5024FFFL 3,341. 3,675.

509 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH5024BBFFL 3,449. 3,793.right hand 237/89 485/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH5024BBFFL 3,449. 3,793.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Note: Within CAP, choose from fivefront accent colors for 69 drawerbehind doors only. Drawer fronts areblack unless specified otherwise.For drawers behind doors pricingsee CAP.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

69

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 70: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w h d lock pattern no. V1 V2

579 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH5724BBFFL $3,727. $4,100.right hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH5724BBFFL 3,727. 4,100.

579 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH5724BBFL 3,440. 3,784.right hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH5724BBFL 3,440. 3,784.

579 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH5724BFFL 3,423. 3,766.right hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH5724BFFL 2,423. 3,766.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Note: Within CAP, choose from fivefront accent colors for 69 drawerbehind doors only. Drawer fronts areblack unless specified otherwise.For drawers behind doors pricingsee CAP.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

70

Page 71: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w h d lock pattern no. V1 V2

579 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH5724FFFL $3,421. $3,763.right hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH5724FFFL 3,421. 3,763.

579 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH5724FFL 2,917. 3,208.right hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH5724FFL 2,917. 3,208.

579 High Single Door with wide drawer (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3SLH5724WL 2,364. 2,600.right hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3SRH5724WL 2,364. 2,600.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Note: Within CAP, choose from fivefront accent colors for 69 drawerbehind doors only. Drawer fronts areblack unless specified otherwise.For drawers behind doors pricingsee CAP.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

71

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 72: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w h d lock pattern no. V1 V2

579 High Single Door with two wide drawers (lefthand shown)

left hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3SLH5724WWL $2,857. $3,143.right hand 237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3SRH5724WWL 2,857. 3,143.

579 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3D5724WL 2,986. 3,285.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (RT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

579 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

237/89 563/169 231/29 Y RT3D5724WWL 3,523. 3,876.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (RT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Note: Within CAP, choose from fivefront accent colors for 69 drawerbehind doors only. Drawer fronts areblack unless specified otherwise.For drawers behind doors pricingsee CAP.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

72

Page 73: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w h d lock pattern no. V1 V2

649 High Single Door with wide drawer (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3SLH6424WL $2,426. $2,669.right hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3SRH6424WL 2,426. 2,669.

649 High Single Door with two wide drawers (lefthand shown)

left hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3SLH6424WWL 2,876. 3,165.right hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3SRH6424WWL 2,876. 3,165.

649 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3D6424WL 3,043. 3,348.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (RT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Note: Within CAP, choose from fivefront accent colors for 69 drawerbehind doors only. Drawer fronts areblack unless specified otherwise.For drawers behind doors pricingsee CAP.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

73

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 74: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w h d lock pattern no. V1 V2

649 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3D6424WWL $3,611. $3,972.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (RT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

649 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH6424BBFL 3,449. 3,793.right hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH6424BBFL 3,449. 3,793.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Note: Within CAP, choose from fivefront accent colors for 69 drawerbehind doors only. Drawer fronts areblack unless specified otherwise.For drawers behind doors pricingsee CAP.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

74

Page 75: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w h d lock pattern no. V1 V2

649 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH6424FFL $2,955. $3,251.right hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH6424FFL 2,955. 3,251.

649 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH6424BFFL 3,524. 3,874.right hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH6424BFFL 3,524. 3,874.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Note: Within CAP, choose from fivefront accent colors for 69 drawerbehind doors only. Drawer fronts areblack unless specified otherwise.For drawers behind doors pricingsee CAP.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

75

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 76: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w h d lock pattern no. V1 V2

649 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH6424FFFL $3,502. $3,852.right hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH6424FFFL 3,502. 3,852.

649 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH6424BBFFL 3,804. 4,185.right hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH6424BBFFL 3,804. 4,185.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Note: Within CAP, choose from fivefront accent colors for 69 drawerbehind doors only. Drawer fronts areblack unless specified otherwise.For drawers behind doors pricingsee CAP.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

76

Page 77: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w h d lock pattern no. V1 V2

649 High, tower with four file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3WSLH6424FFFFL $3,856. $4,241.right hand 237/89 635/169 231/29 Y RT3WSRH6424FFFFL 3,856. 4,241.

Order Code

Example: RT3SLH5724FFL-VC113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontS Single DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideF File DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Cherry113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardrobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (RT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Note: Within CAP, choose from fivefront accent colors for 69 drawerbehind doors only. Drawer fronts areblack unless specified otherwise.For drawers behind doors pricingsee CAP.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

77

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 78: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

509 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

297/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3D5030WL $3,362. $3,699.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (RT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

509 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

297/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3D5030WWL 4,022. 4,424.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (RT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

509 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3WSLH5030BBFL 3,341. 3,675.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3WSRH5030BBFL 3,341. 3,675.

Order Code

Example: RT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

78

Page 79: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

509 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3WSLH5030FFL $3,091. $3,400.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3WSRH5030FFL 3,091. 3,400.

509 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3WSLH5030FFFL 3,402. 3,741.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3WSRH5030FFFL 3,402. 3,741.

509 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3WSLH5030BFFL 3,374. 3,711.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3WSRH5030BFFL 3,374. 3,711.

Order Code

Example: RT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

79

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 80: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

509 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3WSLH5030BBFFL $3,703. $4,073.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y RT3WSRH5030BBFFL 3,703. 4,073.

579 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3WSLH5730BBFFL 3,799. 4,179.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3WSRH5730BBFFL 3,799. 4,179.

579 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3WSLH5730BBFL 3,498. 3,847.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3WSRH5730BBFL 3,498. 3,847.

Order Code

Example: RT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

80

Page 81: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

579 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3WSLH5730BFFL $3,511. $3,862.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3WSRH5730BFFL 3,511. 3,862.

579 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3WSLH5730FFFL 3,498. 3,848.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3WSRH5730FFFL 3,498. 3,848.

579 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3WSLH5730FFL 3,252. 3,578.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3WSRH5730FFL 3,252. 3,578.

Order Code

Example: RT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

81

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 82: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

579 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

297/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3D5730WL $3,450. $3,795.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (RT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

579 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

297/89 231/29 563/169 Y RT3D5730WWL 4,197. 4,617.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (RT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

649 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3D6430WL 3,524. 3,874.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (RT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: RT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

82

Page 83: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

649 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3D6430WWL $4,227. $4,649.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (RT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option. Note , by adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

649 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3WSLH6430BBFL 3,562. 3,918.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3WSRH6430BBFL 3,562. 3,918.

Order Code

Example: RT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

83

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 84: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

649 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3WSLH6430FFL $3,321. $3,653.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3WSRH6430FFL 3,321. 3,653.

649 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3WSLH6430FFFL 3,594. 3,955.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3WSRH6430FFFL 3,594. 3,955.

Order Code

Example: RT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

84

Page 85: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

649 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3WSLH6430BFFL $3,611. $3,972.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3WSRH6430BFFL 3,611. 3,972.

649 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3WSLH6430BBFFL 3,897. 4,286.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3WSRH6430BBFFL 3,897. 4,286.

Order Code

Example: RT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

85

Ser

ies

2Ve

neer

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 86: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Veneer Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. V1 V2

649 High, tower with four file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3WSLH6430FFFFL $3,945. $4,340.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y RT3WSRH6430FFFFL 3,945. 4,340.

Order Code

Example: RT3WSLH5730BBFL-VC 113

RT3 Series 2 Veneer FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingVC Front Finish Medium

Grey113 Case Finish Dark Grey

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(RT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(RT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(RT3WSLH6430BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)Note: Veneer fronttowers are comprised of a steel casewith wood veneer fronts and top.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawers behind doors listprices are as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

86

Page 87: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Morrison FrontFloorstanding Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Floorstanding Pedestal with two box and one filedrawer with lock

147/89 171/49 267/89 Y MS2PFL18A $775. $813. $854.147/89 231/49 267/89 Y MS2PFL24A 775. 812. 853.147/89 291/49 267/89 Y MS2PFL30A 966. 1,015. 1,066.

Floorstanding Pedestal with two file drawers withlock

147/89 171/49 267/89 Y MS2PFL18B 688. 722. 757.147/89 231/49 267/89 Y MS2PFL24B 688. 722. 757.147/89 291/49 267/89 Y MS2PFL30B 872. 917. 963.

Series 2 Floorstanding Pedestal Case Back 147/89 N/A 267/89 N/A DS2XPB 72. 82. 85.

Order Code

Example: MS2PFL24A- NJ

MT2 Series 2 Morrison FrontPF Pedestal FloorstandingL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileNJ Med Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (MS2PFN18A).

Note:249 deep floorstanding pedestals donot include a back panel. Backpanels must be ordered separately.189 and 309 floorstanding pedestalshave a back standard.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (87), for pricingand ordering information )

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

249 Deep Floorstanding PedestalInternal Drawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/169• Box drawer width: 121/169• Box drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Series 2 Storage

87

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 88: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Morrison FrontMobile Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Mobile Pedestal with two box and one file drawer 147/89 163/49 263/89 Y MS2PML18A $1,301. $1,365. $1,432.147/89 223/49 263/89 Y MS2PML24A 1,194. 1,254. 1,315.

Mobile Pedestal with one box and one file drawer 147/89 163/49 205/89 Y MS2PML18F 909. 953. 997.147/89 223/49 205/89 Y MS2PML24F 980. 1,025. 1,074.

Mobile Pedestal with two file drawers 147/89 163/49 263/89 Y MS2PML18B 1,113. 1,169. 1,227.147/89 223/49 263/89 Y MS2PML24B 1,134. 1,190. 1,249.

Order Code

Example: MS2PML24A- NJ

MT2 Series 2 Morrison FrontPM Pedestal MobileL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileNJ Med Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Add $50 list for Mobile Handle.Add a ‘‘P’’ between the ‘‘L’’ lockcode and the case size to designatethe handle option, example(MS2PMLP24A)

Deduct $35 list for units without atop. Add an ‘‘O’’ in place of the ‘‘M’’in the pattern number to designatethe no-top option, example(MS2POL18A)

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (88), for pricingand ordering information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

249 Deep Mobile Pedestal InternalDrawer Dimensions• Box height: 45/169• Box width: 121/169• Box depth: 183/89• File height: 91/49• File width: 121/169• File depth: 183/89

Series 2 Storage

88

Page 89: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Morrison FrontDouble Wide Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Doublewide Pedestal with two file drawers 309 183/49 267/89 Y MS2DW30L $1,036. $1,089. $1,142.369 183/49 267/89 Y MS2DW36L 1,312. 1,380. 1,448.

Order Code

Example: MS2DW30L-NJ

MS2 Series 2 Morrison FrontDW Doublewide Pedestal30 309 wideL LockingNJ Med Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MS2DW36N).

Application Notes

Doublewide pedestals are notintended for freestanding use andmust be secured beneath asupported worksurface. (See Calibrelateral files price list for two drawerfiles that can be used forfreestanding applications)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

Doublewide Pedestal InternalDrawer Dimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/49• Lateral drawer width: 263/49 and

323/49• Lateral drawer depth: 153/49

Series 2 Storage

89

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 90: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage Steel Front with Morrison MountingBracketsPanel Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Panel mount overhead cabinet with lock 297/89 141/89 159 Y MS2PM30L $431. $453. $476.357/89 141/89 159 Y MS2PM36L 472. 497. 522.417/89 141/89 159 Y MS2PM42L 514. 540. 567.477/89 141/89 159 Y MS2PM48L 561. 590. 619.537/89 141/89 159 Y MS2PM54L 667. 700. 737.597/89 141/89 159 Y MS2PM60L 667. 700. 737.657/89 141/89 159 Y MS2PM66L 763. 801. 840.717/89 141/89 159 Y MS2PM72L 763. 801. 840.

Order Code

Example: MSPM30L-NJ

MS2 Series 2 Morrison FrontPM Panel Mount Overhead30 309 wideL LockingNJ Med Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MS2PM30N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

249 through 489 wide units have asingle door. 549 through 669 wideunits have off-set double doors. 729wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.

Application Notes

Touchdown kits are intended for usewith steel door fronts only. (See S2overhead accessories for Touch-downkits for overheads)

Add $150 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding an ‘‘E’’ to the pattern numberas indicated MS2PM30EL. For unitswith two doors add $300 to the list.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

Series 2 Storage

90

Page 91: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage Steel Front with Morrison MountingBracketsUp-Mount Overhead Storage

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Up-mount overhead cabinet with back and lock 297/89 141/89 159 Y MS2UM30L $662. $695. $728.357/89 141/89 159 Y MS2UM36L 680. 714. 749.417/89 141/89 159 Y MS2UM42L 705. 740. 775.477/89 141/89 159 Y MS2UM48L 715. 750. 788.537/89 141/89 159 Y MS2UM54L 963. 1,011. 1,061.597/89 141/89 159 Y MS2UM60L 963. 1,011. 1,061.657/89 141/89 159 Y MS2UM66L 1,005. 1,056. 1,109.717/89 141/89 159 Y MS2UM72L 1,005. 1,056. 1,109.

Series 2 Morrison Front Up-mount OverheadBracket (Morrison)

123/169 7/89 113/49 MB1U18 149. 156. 164.

Order Code

Example: MS2UM30L-NJ

MS2 Series 2 Morrison FrontUM Up-mount overhead30 309 wideL LockingNJ Med Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MS2UM30N). Units with two doors,deduct $40 from the list.

249 through 489 wide units have asingle door. 549 through 669 wideunits have off-set double doors. 729wide units have two doors. Unitswith two doors have two locks.

Application Notes

Touchdown kits are intended for usewith steel door fronts only. (See S2overhead accessories for Touch-downkits for overheads)

Add $150 list for Touch Downmechanism. Touch Down requiresadding an ‘‘E( to the pattern numberas indicated MS2UM30EL. Forunits with two doors add $300 to thelist.

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169.

Series 2 Storage

91

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 92: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Bookshelves with Morrison Mounting Brackets

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Overhead Book Shelf 237/89 141/89 89 MS2BS24 $149. $149. $157.297/89 141/89 89 MS2BS30 155. 155. 163.357/89 141/89 89 MS2BS36 162. 162. 169.417/89 141/89 89 MS2BS42 162. 162. 169.477/89 141/89 89 MS2BS48 167. 167. 175.537/89 141/89 89 MS2BS54 198. 198. 209.597/89 141/89 89 MS2BS60 198. 198. 209.657/89 141/89 89 MS2BS66 204. 204. 214.717/89 141/89 89 MS2BS72 204. 204. 214.

Order Code

Example: MS2BS30-NJ

MS2 Series 2 Morrison FrontBS Book Shelf24 249 wideNJ Med Grey paint finish

Specification Information Application Notes Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169.

Series 2 Storage

92

Page 93: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

429 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 415/169 Y MT3SBLH4215BBFL $1,562. $1,641. $1,723.right hand 147/89 231/29 415/169 Y MT3SBRH4215BBFL 1,562. 1,641. 1,723.

429 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 415/169 Y MT3SBLH4215FFL 1,492. 1,564. 1,644.right hand 147/89 231/29 415/169 Y MT3SBRH4215FFL 1,492. 1,564. 1,644.

509 High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (left hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SLH5015BBFL 1,831. 1,922. 2,019.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SRH5015BBFL 1,831. 1,922. 2,019.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6415BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6415MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

93

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 94: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SLH5015FFL $1,651. $1,733. $1,820.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SRH5015FFL 1,651. 1,733. 1,820.

509 High Single Door tower with two box and twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SLH5015BBFFL 2,004. 2,106. 2,210.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SRH5015BBFFL 2,004. 2,106. 2,210.

509 High Single Door tower with three filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SLH5015FFFL 1,852. 1,944. 2,042.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SRH5015FFFL 1,852. 1,944. 2,042.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6415BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6415MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

94

Page 95: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SBLH5015BBFL $1,646. $1,728. $1,815.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SBRH5015BBFL 1,646. 1,728. 1,815.

509 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SBLH5015FFL 1,562. 1,641. 1,723.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SBRH5015FFL 1,562. 1,641. 1,723.

579 High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3SLH5715FFL 1,694. 1,948. 2,032.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3SRH5715FFL 1,694. 1,948. 2,032.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6415BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6415MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

95

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 96: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (left hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3SLH5715BBFL $1,874. $2,155. $2,247.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3SRH5715BBFL 1,874. 2,155. 2,247.

579 High Single Door tower with three filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 573/169 Y MT3SLH5715FFFL 1,893. 2,177. 2,271.right hand 147/89 231/29 573/169 Y MT3SRH5715FFFL 1,893. 2,177. 2,271.

579 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3SBLH5715FFL 1,650. 1,898. 1,979.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3SBRH5715FFL 1,650. 1,898. 1,979.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6415BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6415MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

96

Page 97: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3SBLH5715BBFL $1,676. $1,927. $2,010.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3SBRH5715BBFL 1,676. 1,927. 2,010.

649 High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SLH6415BBFL 1,917. 2,014. 2,114.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SRH6415BBFL 1,917. 2,014. 2,114.

649 High, Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SLH6415FFL 1,738. 1,825. 1,916.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SRH6415FFL 1,738. 1,825. 1,916.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6415BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6415MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

97

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 98: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, Single Door tower with two box and twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SLH6415BBFFL $2,074. $2,176. $2,286.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SRH6415BBFFL 2,074. 2,176. 2,286.

649 High, Single Door tower with three filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SLH6415FFFL 1,937. 2,033. 2,135.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SRH6415FFFL 1,937. 2,033. 2,135.

649 High, Single Door tower with four file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SLH6415FFFFL 2,105. 2,208. 2,319.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SRH6415FFFFL 2,105. 2,208. 2,319.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6415BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6415MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

98

Page 99: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SBLH6415BBFL $1,703. $1,789. $1,879.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SBRH6415BBFL 1,703. 1,789. 1,879.

649 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SBLH6415FFL 1,620. 1,701. 1,787.right hand 159 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SBRH6415FFL 1,620. 1,701. 1,787.

649 Side Access Display tower with two box andone file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3BDLH6415BBFL 1,726. 1,813. 1,902.right hand 159 231/29 635/169 Y MT3BDRH6415BBFL 1,726. 1,813. 1,902.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6415BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6415MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

99

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 100: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 Side Access Display tower with two filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3BDLH6415FFL $1,641. $1,724. $1,809.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3BDRH6415FFL 1,641. 1,724. 1,809.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6415BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6415MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind doors listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

100

Page 101: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High Single Door with wide drawer (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SLH5024WL $1,587. $1,667. $1,749.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SRH5024WL 1,587. 1,667. 1,749.

509 High Single Door with two wide drawers (lefthand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SLH5024WWL 1,885. 1,978. 2,079.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3SRH5024WWL 1,885. 1,978. 2,079.

509 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3D5024WL 1,915. 2,012. 2,112.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

101

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 102: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3D5024WWL $2,199. $2,309. $2,425.

509 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSLH5024BBFL 2,232. 2,343. 2,461.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSRH5024BBFL 2,232. 2,343. 2,461.

509 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSLH5024FFL 1,816. 1,907. 2,002.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSRH5024FFL 1,816. 1,907. 2,002.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

102

Page 103: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSLH5024BFFL $2,173. $2,282. $2,396.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSRH5024BFFL 2,173. 2,282. 2,396.

509 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSLH5024FFFL 2,187. 2,294. 2,411.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSRH5024FFFL 2,187. 2,294. 2,411.

509 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSLH5024BBFFL 2,386. 2,506. 2,631.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSRH5024BBFFL 2,386. 2,506. 2,631.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

103

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 104: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

429 High, Side Access Bookcase with two boxand one file drawer with wardrobe (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 415/169 Y MT3WSBLH4224BBFL $2,264. $2,376. $2,496.right hand 237/89 231/29 415/169 Y MT3WSBRH4224BBFL 2,264. 2,376. 2,496.

429 High, Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 415/169 Y MT3WSBLH4224FFL 2,177. 2,284. 2,401.right hand 237/89 231/29 415/169 Y MT3WSBRH4224FFL 2,177. 2,284. 2,401.

509 High, Side Access Bookcase with two boxand one file drawer with wardrobe (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSBLH5024BBFL 2,274. 2,386. 2,506.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSBRH5024BBFL 2,274. 2,386. 2,506.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

104

Page 105: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSBLH5024FFL $2,187. $2,294. $2,411.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSBRH5024FFL 2,187. 2,294. 2,411.

579 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSLH5724BBFFL 2,438. 2,804. 2,924.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSRH5724BBFFL 2,438. 2,804. 2,924.

579 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSLH5724BBFL 2,320. 2,668. 2,782.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSRH5724BBFL 2,320. 2,668. 2,782.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

105

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 106: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSLH5724BFFL $2,239. $2,575. $2,685.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSRH5724BFFL 2,239. 2,575. 2,685.

579 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSLH5724FFFL 2,240. 2,576. 2,687.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSRH5724FFFL 2,240. 2,576. 2,687.

579 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSLH5724FFL 1,874. 2,155. 2,248.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSRH5724FFL 1,874. 2,155. 2,248.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

106

Page 107: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSBLH5724FFL $2,278. $2,620. $2,733.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSBRH5724FFL 2,278. 2,620. 2,733.

579 High, Side Access Bookcase with two boxand one file drawer with wardrobe (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSBLH5724BBFL 2,364. 2,718. 2,835.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSBRH5724BBFL 2,364. 2,718. 2,835.

579 High Single Door with wide drawer (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3SLH5724WL 1,647. 1,894. 1,975.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3SRH5724WL 1,647. 1,894. 1,975.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

107

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 108: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High Single Door with two wide drawers (lefthand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3SLH5724WWL $1,957. $2,251. $2,348.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3SRH5724WWL 1,957. 2,251. 2,348.

649 High Single Door with wide drawer (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SLH6424WL 1,705. 1,790. 1,880.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SRH6424WL 1,705. 1,790. 1,880.

649 High Single Door with two wide drawers (lefthand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SLH6424WWL 1,972. 2,070. 2,174.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3SRH6424WWL 1,972. 2,070. 2,174.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

108

Page 109: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3D6424WL $1,992. $2,091. $2,196.

649 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3D6424WWL 2,363. 2,480. 2,604.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

109

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 110: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSLH6424BBFL $2,408. $2,527. $2,654.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSRH6424BBFL 2,408. 2,527. 2,654.

649 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSLH6424FFL 1,935. 2,031. 2,133.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSRH6424FFL 1,935. 2,031. 2,133.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

110

Page 111: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSLH6424BFFL $2,305. $2,420. $2,540.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSRH6424BFFL 2,305. 2,420. 2,540.

649 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSLH6424FFFL 2,291. 2,405. 2,526.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSRH6424FFFL 2,291. 2,405. 2,526.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

111

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 112: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSLH6424BBFFL $2,489. $2,614. $2,745.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSRH6424BBFFL 2,489. 2,614. 2,745.

649 High, tower with four file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSLH6424FFFFL 2,523. 2,649. 2,781.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSRH6424FFFFL 2,523. 2,649. 2,781.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

112

Page 113: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, Side Access Bookcase with two boxand one file drawer with wardrobe (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSBLH6424BBFL $2,413. $2,534. $2,661.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSBRH6424BBFL 2,413. 2,534. 2,661.

649 High, Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSBLH6424FFL 2,332. 2,448. 2,569.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSBRH6424FFL 2,332. 2,448. 2,569.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

113

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 114: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High Display tower with two box and one filedrawer and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WBDLH6424BBFL $2,436. $2,557. $2,687.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WBDRH6424BBFL 2,436. 2,557. 2,687.

649 High Display tower with two file drawers andwardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WBDLH6424FFL 2,352. 2,470. 2,593.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WBDRH6424FFL 2,352. 2,470. 2,593.

Order Code

Example: MT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(MT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note : 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included for 249and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

114

Page 115: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

297/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3D5030WL $2,199. $2,309. $2,425.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (MT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

509 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

297/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3D5030WWL 2,632. 2,764. 2,901.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (MT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

509 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSLH5030BBFL 2,187. 2,294. 2,411.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSRH5030BBFL 2,187. 2,294. 2,411.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSBL5730BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorsLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind the doors listprice is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

115

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 116: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSLH5030FFL $2,023. $2,123. $2,230.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSRH5030FFL 2,023. 2,123. 2,230.

509 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSLH5030FFFL 2,226. 2,337. 2,454.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSRH5030FFFL 2,226. 2,337. 2,454.

509 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSLH5030BFFL 2,206. 2,317. 2,432.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSRH5030BFFL 2,206. 2,317. 2,432.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSBL5730BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorsLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind the doors listprice is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

116

Page 117: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSLH5030BBFFL $2,424. $2,544. $2,672.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y MT3WSRH5030BBFFL 2,424. 2,544. 2,672.

579 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSLH5730BBFFL 2,486. 2,859. 2,982.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSRH5730BBFFL 2,486. 2,859. 2,982.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSBL5730BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorsLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind the doors listprice is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

117

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 118: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSLH5730BBFL $2,290. $2,633. $2,747.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSRH5730BBFL 2,290. 2,633. 2,747.

579 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSLH5730BFFL 2,296. 2,641. 2,754.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSRH5730BFFL 2,296. 2,641. 2,754.

579 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSLH5730FFFL 2,289. 2,632. 2,745.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSRH5730FFFL 2,289. 2,632. 2,745.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSBL5730BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorsLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind the doors listprice is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

118

Page 119: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSLH5730FFL $2,129. $2,448. $2,554.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3WSRH5730FFL 2,129. 2,448. 2,554.

579 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

297/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3D5730WL 2,256. 2,595. 2,706.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (MT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

579 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

297/89 231/29 563/169 Y MT3D5730WWL 2,747. 3,159. 3,295.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (MT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSBL5730BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorsLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind the doors listprice is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

119

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 120: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3D6430WL $2,305. $2,420. $2,540.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (MT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

649 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3D6430WWL 2,766. 2,904. 3,050.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (MT3DG6424WL). Add$100 list for this option. Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSBL5730BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorsLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind the doors listprice is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

120

Page 121: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSLH6430BBFL $2,332. $2,448. $2,569.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSRH6430BBFL 2,332. 2,448. 2,569.

649 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSLH6430FFL 2,173. 2,282. 2,396.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSRH6430FFL 2,173. 2,282. 2,396.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSBL5730BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorsLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind the doors listprice is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

121

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 122: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSLH6430FFFL $2,352. $2,470. $2,593.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSRH6430FFFL 2,352. 2,470. 2,593.

649 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSLH6430BFFL 2,363. 2,480. 2,604.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSRH6430BFFL 2,363. 2,480. 2,604.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSBL5730BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorsLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind the doors listprice is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

122

Page 123: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Morrison Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSLH6430BBFFL $2,550. $2,677. $2,811.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSRH6430BBFFL 2,550. 2,677. 2,811.

649 High, tower with four file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSLH6430FFFFL 2,581. 2,710. 2,845.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y MT3WSRH6430FFFFL 2,581. 2,710. 2,845.

Order Code

Example: DT3WSBL5730BBFL-NJ

MT3 Series 2 Morrison FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorsLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 for unitswith wardobe. Subtitute the ‘‘L’’suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(MT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1to the end of the patternnumber, example(MT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind the doors listprice is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

123

Ser

ies

2M

orris

onFr

ontS

tora

ge

Page 124: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Currents FrontFloorstanding Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Floorstanding Pedestal with two box and one filedrawer with lock

147/89 171/49 267/89 Y AS2PFL18A $752. $788. $829.147/89 231/49 267/89 Y AS2PFL24A 752. 788. 829.147/89 291/49 267/89 Y AS2PFL30A 980. 1,027. 1,078.

Floorstanding Pedestal with two file drawers withlock

147/89 171/49 267/89 Y AS2PFL18B 658. 690. 724.147/89 231/49 267/89 Y AS2PFL24B 658. 690. 724.147/89 291/49 267/89 Y AS2PFL30B 895. 940. 988.

Series 2 Floorstanding Pedestal Case Back 147/89 N/A 267/89 N/A DS2XPB 72. 82. 85.

Order Code

Example: AS2PFL24A-NJ

AT2 Series 2 Currents FrontPF Pedestal, FloorstandingL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileNJ Med Grey

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (AS2PFN18D).

Note:249 deep floorstanding pedestals donot include a back panel. Backpanels must be ordered separately.189 and 309 floorstanding pedestalshave a back standard.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (124), for pricingand ordering information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

249 Floorstanding Pedestal InternalDrawer Dimensions• Box drawer height: 45/169• Box drawer width: 121/169• Box drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/29• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Series 2 Storage

124

Page 125: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Currents FrontMobile Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Mobile Pedestal with two box and one file drawer 147/89 163/49 263/89 Y AS2PML18A $1,015. $1,065. $1,119.147/89 223/49 263/89 Y AS2PML24A 1,134. 1,190. 1,249.

Mobile Pedestal with one box and one file drawer 147/89 163/49 205/89 Y AS2PML18F 852. 894. 939.147/89 223/49 205/89 Y AS2PML24F 921. 967. 1,016.

Mobile Pedestal with two file drawers 147/89 163/49 263/89 Y AS2PML18B 919. 965. 1,130.147/89 223/49 263/89 Y AS2PML24B 1,038. 1,091. 1,145.

Order Code

Example: AS2PML24A-NJ

AT2 Series 2 Currents FrontPM Pedestal MobileL Locking24 DepthA Box/Box/FileNJ Med Grey

Specification Information

Add $50 list for Mobile Handle.Add a ‘‘P’’ between the ‘‘L’’ lockcode and the case size to designatethe handle option, example(AS2PMLP24A)

Deduct $35 list for units without atop. Add an ‘‘O’’ in place of the ‘‘M’’in the pattern number to designatethe no-top option, example(AS2POL18A)

Deduct $15 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ with a ‘‘N’’ within the patternnumber to designate a non-lockingunit, example (AS2PMN18D).

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. (See pedestalaccessories page (125), for pricingand ordering information)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

249 Mobile Pedestal InternalDrawer Dimension• Box drawer height: 45/169• Box drawer width: 121/169• Box drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Series 2 Storage

125

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 126: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Currents FrontDouble Wide Pedestals

description w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Doublewide Pedestal with two file drawers 309 183/49 267/89 Y AS2DW30L $1,122. $1,178. $1,237.369 183/49 267/89 Y AS2DW36L 1,385. 1,453. 1,527.

Order Code

Example: AS2DW30L-NJ

AS2 Series 2 Currents FrontDW Doublewide Pedestal30 309 wideL LockingNJ Med Grey

Specification Information

Deduct $20 from the list price fornon-locking units. Substitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AS2DW36N).

Application Notes

Doublewide pedestals are notintended for freestanding use andmust be secured beneath asupported worksurface. (See Calibrelateral files price list for two drawerfiles that can be used forfreestanding applications)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

Doublewide Pedestals InternalDrawer Dimensions• Lateral drawer height: 93/49• Lateral drawer width: 263/49 and

323/49• Lateral drawer depth: 153/49

Series 2 Storage

126

Page 127: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

429 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 415/169 Y AT3SBLH4215BBFL $1,547. $1,624. $1,706.right hand 147/89 231/29 415/169 Y AT3SBRH4215BBFL 1,547. 1,624. 1,706.

429 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 415/169 Y AT3SBLH4215FFL 1,477. 1,552. 1,629.right hand 147/89 231/29 415/169 Y AT3SBRH4215FFL 1,477. 1,552. 1,629.

509 High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SLH5015BBFL 1,814. 1,904. 2,000.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SRH5015BBFL 1,814. 1,904. 2,000.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 CurrentsFrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH4215BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH4215MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

127

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 128: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SLH5015FFL $1,636. $1,717. $1,803.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SRH5015FFL 1,636. 1,717. 1,803.

509 High Single Door tower with two box and twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SLH5015BBFFL 1,985. 2,084. 2,189.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SRH5015BBFFL 1,985. 2,084. 2,189.

509 High Single Door tower with three filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SLH5015FFFL 1,834. 1,926. 2,022.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SRH5015FFFL 1,834. 1,926. 2,022.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 CurrentsFrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH4215BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH4215MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

128

Page 129: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SBLH5015BBFL $1,631. $1,712. $1,798.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SBRH5015BBFL 1,631. 1,712. 1,798.

509 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SBLH5015FFL 1,547. 1,624. 1,706.right hand 147/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SBRH5015FFL 1,547. 1,624. 1,706.

579 High Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SLH5715BBFL 1,856. 2,135. 2,226.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SRH5715BBFL 1,856. 2,135. 2,226.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 CurrentsFrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH4215BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH4215MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

129

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 130: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High Single Door tower with three filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SLH5715FFFL $1,875. $2,156. $2,248.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SRH5715FFFL 1,875. 2,156. 2,248.

579 High Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SLH5715FFL 1,679. 1,930. 2,013.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SRH5715FFL 1,679. 1,930. 2,013.

579 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SBLH5715BBFL 1,660. 1,909. 1,991.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SBRH5715BBFL 1,660. 1,909. 1,991.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 CurrentsFrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH4215BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH4215MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

130

Page 131: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SBLH5715FFL $1,577. $1,813. $1,891.right hand 147/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SBRH5715FFL 1,577. 1,813. 1,891.

649 High, Single Door tower with two box and onefile drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SLH6415BBFL 1,899. 1,994. 2,093.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SRH6415BBFL 1,899. 1,994. 2,093.

649 High, Single Door tower with two file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SLH6415FFL 1,723. 1,807. 1,899.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SRH6415FFL 1,723. 1,807. 1,899.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 CurrentsFrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH4215BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH4215MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

131

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 132: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, Single Door tower with two box and twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SLH6415BBFFL $2,053. $2,157. $2,263.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SRH6415BBFFL 2,053. 2,157. 2,263.

649 High, Single Door tower with three filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SLH6415FFFL 1,917. 2,014. 2,114.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SRH6415FFFL 1,917. 2,014. 2,114.

649 High, Single Door tower with four file drawers(right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SLH6415FFFFL 2,084. 2,189. 2,298.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SRH6415FFFFL 2,084. 2,189. 2,298.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 CurrentsFrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH4215BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH4215MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

132

Page 133: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twobox and one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SBLH6415BBFL $1,687. $1,772. $1,860.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SBRH6415BBFL 1,687. 1,772. 1,860.

649 High Side Access Bookcase tower with twofile drawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SBLH6415FFL 1,604. 1,684. 1,769.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SBRH6415FFL 1,604. 1,684. 1,769.

649 High Side Access Display tower with two boxand one file drawer (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3BDLH6415BBFL 1,708. 1,793. 1,883.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3BDRH6415BBFL 1,708. 1,793. 1,883.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 CurrentsFrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH4215BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH4215MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

133

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 134: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front159 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High Side Access Display tower with two filedrawers (right hand shown)

left hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3BDLH6415FFL $1,624. $1,706. $1,791.right hand 147/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3BDRH6415FFL 1,624. 1,706. 1,791.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5715BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 CurrentsFrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High15 159 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardrobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH4215BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH4215MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6415BBFL1)Note: 69drawer behind doors are notavailable within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

429, 509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

134

Page 135: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High Single Door with wide drawer (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SLH5024WL $1,574. $1,652. $1,734.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SRH5024WL 1,574. 1,652. 1,734.

509 High Single Door with two wide drawers (lefthand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SLH5024WWL 1,880. 1,973. 2,072.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3SRH5024WWL 1,880. 1,973. 2,072.

509 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3D5024WL 1,897. 1,992. 2,091.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (AT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option.Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

135

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 136: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3D5024WWL $2,177. $2,287. $2,401.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (AT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option.Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

509 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSLH5024BBFL 2,207. 2,318. 2,435.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSRH5024BBFL 2,207. 2,318. 2,435.

509 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSLH5024FFL 1,804. 1,894. 1,990.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSRH5024FFL 1,804. 1,894. 1,990.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

136

Page 137: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSLH5024BFFL $2,152. $2,260. $2,373.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSRH5024BFFL 2,152. 2,260. 2,373.

509 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSLH5024FFFL 2,166. 2,275. 2,388.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSRH5024FFFL 2,166. 2,275. 2,388.

509 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSLH5024BBFFL 2,364. 2,481. 2,605.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSRH5024BBFFL 2,364. 2,481. 2,605.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

137

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 138: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

429 High, Side Access Bookcase with two boxand one file drawer with wardrobe (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 415/169 Y AT3WSBLH4224BBFL $2,241. $2,354. $2,471.right hand 237/89 231/29 415/169 Y AT3WSBRH4224BBFL 2,241. 2,354. 2,471.

429 High, Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 415/169 Y AT3WSBLH4224FFL 2,156. 2,265. 2,378.right hand 237/89 231/29 415/169 Y AT3WSBRH4224FFL 2,156. 2,265. 2,378.

509 High, Side Access Bookcase with two boxand one file drawer with wardrobe (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSBLH5024BBFL 2,251. 2,364. 2,481.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSBRH5024BBFL 2,251. 2,364. 2,481.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

138

Page 139: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSBLH5024FFL $2,166. $2,275. $2,388.right hand 237/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSBRH5024FFL 2,166. 2,275. 2,388.

579 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSLH5724BBFFL 2,415. 2,778. 2,897.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSRH5724BBFFL 2,415. 2,778. 2,897.

579 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSLH5724BBFL 2,289. 2,632. 2,746.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSRH5724BBFL 2,289. 2,632. 2,746.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

139

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 140: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSLH5730BFFL $2,276. $2,618. $2,730.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSRH5730BFFL 2,276. 2,618. 2,730.

579 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSLH5724FFFL 2,218. 2,551. 2,660.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSRH5724FFFL 2,218. 2,551. 2,660.

579 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSLH5724FFL 1,862. 2,141. 2,233.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSRH5724FFL 1,862. 2,141. 2,233.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

140

Page 141: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, Side Access Bookcase with two boxand one file drawer with wardrobe (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 573/169 Y AT3WSBLH5724BBFL $2,340. $2,691. $2,807.right hand 237/89 231/29 573/169 Y AT3WSBRH5724BBFL 2,340. 2,691. 2,807.

579 High, Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSBLH5724FFL 2,256. 2,594. 2,706.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSBRH5724FFL 2,256. 2,594. 2,706.

579 High Single Door with wide drawer (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SLH5724WL 1,633. 1,878. 1,959.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SRH5724WL 1,633. 1,878. 1,959.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

141

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 142: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High Single Door with two wide drawers (lefthand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SLH5724WWL $1,926. $2,215. $2,310.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3SRH5724WWL 1,926. 2,215. 2,310.

579 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3D5724WL 1,936. 2,226. 2,322.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (AT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option.Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

579 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3D5724WWL 2,282. 2,624. 2,737.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (AT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option.Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

142

Page 143: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High Single Door with wide drawer (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SLH6424WL $1,692. $1,776. $1,865.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SRH6424WL 1,692. 1,776. 1,865.

649 High Single Door with two wide drawers (lefthand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SLH6424WWL 1,951. 2,049. 2,151.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3SRH6424WWL 1,951. 2,049. 2,151.

649 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3D6424WL 1,972. 2,070. 2,174.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (AT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option.Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

143

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 144: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3D6424WWL $2,340. $2,457. $2,580.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (AT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option.Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

649 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSLH6424BBFL 2,353. 2,471. 2,594.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSRH6424BBFL 2,353. 2,471. 2,594.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

144

Page 145: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSLH6424FFL $1,915. $2,012. $2,112.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSRH6424FFL 1,915. 2,012. 2,112.

649 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSLH6424BFFL 2,282. 2,397. 2,516.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSRH6424BFFL 2,282. 2,397. 2,516.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

145

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 146: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSLH6424BBFFL $2,465. $2,588. $2,718.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSRH6424BBFFL 2,465. 2,588. 2,718.

649 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSLH6424FFFL 2,271. 2,384. 2,504.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSRH6424FFFL 2,271. 2,384. 2,504.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

146

Page 147: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with four file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSLH6424FFFFL $2,498. $2,624. $2,754.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSRH6424FFFFL 2,498. 2,624. 2,754.

649 High, Side Access Bookcase with two boxand one file drawer with wardrobe (left handshown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSBLH6424BBFL 2,390. 2,509. 2,635.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSBRH6424BBFL 2,390. 2,509. 2,635.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

147

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 148: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front249 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, Side Access Bookcase with two filedrawers with wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSBLH6424FFL $2,309. $2,425. $2,544.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSBRH6424FFL 2,309. 2,425. 2,544.

649 High Display tower with two box and one filedrawer and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WBDLH6424BBFL 2,413. 2,534. 2,661.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WBDRH6424BBFL 2,413. 2,534. 2,661.

649 High Display tower with two file drawers andwardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WBDLH6424FFL 2,330. 2,447. 2,568.right hand 237/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WBDRH6424FFL 2,330. 2,447. 2,568.

Order Code

Example: AT3SBLH5724BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Steel FrontSB Side Access BookcaseLH Left Hand Access57 579 High24 249 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3SLH6424BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3SLH6424MFN). Multiple ‘‘M’’drawers may be specified providingthey equal the total modulesavailable.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3SLH6424BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelateral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

148

Page 149: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

297/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3D5030WL $2,177. $2,287. $2,401.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (AT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option.Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

509 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

297/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3D5030WWL 2,607. 2,737. 2,873.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (AT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option.Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

509 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSLH5030BBFL 2,166. 2,275. 2,388.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSRH5030BBFL 2,166. 2,275. 2,388.

Order Code

Example: AT3WSLH5730BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Currents FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelarteral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

149

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 150: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSLH5030FFL $2,003. $2,105. $2,207.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSRH5030FFL 2,003. 2,105. 2,207.

509 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSLH5030FFFL 2,204. 2,314. 2,430.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSRH5030FFFL 2,204. 2,314. 2,430.

509 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSLH5030BFFL 2,187. 2,294. 2,411.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSRH5030BFFL 2,187. 2,294. 2,411.

Order Code

Example: AT3WSLH5730BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Currents FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelarteral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

150

Page 151: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

509 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSLH5030BBFFL $2,400. $2,521. $2,646.right hand 297/89 231/29 485/169 Y AT3WSRH5030BBFFL 2,400. 2,521. 2,646.

579 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

297/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3D5730WL 2,234. 2,569. 2,680.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (AT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option.Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

579 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

297/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3D5730WWL 2,720. 3,128. 3,263.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (AT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option.Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: AT3WSLH5730BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Currents FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelarteral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

151

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 152: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSLH5730BBFL $2,268. $2,608. $2,720.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSRH5730BBFL 2,268. 2,608. 2,720.

579 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSLH5730FFL 2,108. 2,424. 2,528.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSRH5730FFL 2,108. 2,424. 2,528.

579 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSLH5730FFFL 2,267. 2,607. 2,719.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSRH5730FFFL 2,267. 2,607. 2,719.

Order Code

Example: AT3WSLH5730BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Currents FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelarteral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

152

Page 153: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

579 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSLH5724BFFL $2,218. $2,550. $2,660.right hand 237/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSRH5724BFFL 2,218. 2,550. 2,660.

579 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSLH5730BBFFL 2,462. 2,831. 2,953.right hand 297/89 231/29 563/169 Y AT3WSRH5730BBFFL 2,462. 2,831. 2,953.

649 High, Double Door tower with one widedrawer

297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3D6430WL 2,282. 2,397. 2,516.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (AT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option.Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

Order Code

Example: AT3WSLH5730BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Currents FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelarteral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

153

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 154: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, Double Door tower with two widedrawers

297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3D6430WWL $2,739. $2,875. $3,021.

249 and 309 wide double door cabinets may be ordered with a grommet option located in the back of the caseby adding a (G( between the 4th and 5th character of the pattern number, example (AT3DG6424WL). Add$100 for this option.Note: By adding a (G( option, the cabinet will also receive AV hinged doors.

649 High, tower with two box and one file drawerand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSLH6430BBFL 2,309. 2,425. 2,544.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSRH6430BBFL 2,309. 2,425. 2,544.

Order Code

Example: AT3WSLH5730BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Currents FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelarteral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

154

Page 155: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with two file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSLH6430FFL $2,152. $2,260. $2,373.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSRH6430FFL 2,152. 2,260. 2,373.

649 High, tower with three file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSLH6430FFFL 2,330. 2,447. 2,568.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSRH6430FFFL 2,330. 2,447. 2,568.

Order Code

Example: AT3WSLH5730BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Currents FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelarteral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

155

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 156: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with one box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSLH6430BFFL $2,340. $2,457. $2,580.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSRH6430BFFL 2,340. 2,457. 2,580.

649 High, tower with two box and two file drawersand door and wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSLH6430BBFFL 2,525. 2,651. 2,784.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSRH6430BBFFL 2,525. 2,651. 2,784.

Order Code

Example: AT3WSLH5730BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Currents FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelarteral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

156

Page 157: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Towers Currents Front309 Wide Storage Towers

description type w d h lock pattern no. P1 P2 P3

649 High, tower with four file drawers and doorand wardrobe (left hand shown)

left hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSLH6430FFFFL $2,556. $2,684. $2,817.right hand 297/89 231/29 635/169 Y AT3WSRH6430FFFFL 2,556. 2,684. 2,817.

Order Code

Example: AT3WSLH5730BBFL-NJ

AT3 Series 2 Currents FrontWS Wardrobe and Single

DoorLH Left Hand Access57 579 High30 309 WideB Box DrawerB Box DrawerF File DrawerL LockingNJ Medium Grey paint

finish

Specification Information

For non-locking towers, deduct $60from the list price for single anddouble door units or $75 list forunits with wardobe. Subtitute the‘‘L’’ suffix with a ‘‘N’’ within thepattern number to designate anon-locking unit, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFN)

‘‘M’’ drawers consisting of a boxdrawer body with a file drawer headare available by substituting any two‘‘B’’ or any one ‘‘F’’ character withinthe pattern number, example(AT3WSLH5030MFN). Multiple‘‘M’’ drawers may be specifiedproviding they equal the totalmodules available.

A 69 drawer, behind a cupboarddoor is available by adding thenumeral 1 to the end of the patternnumber, example(AT3WSLH5030BBFL1)

Single door towers: Include (2)locks. Double door towers: Include(2) locks. Wardrobe towers: Include(3) locks. 159 wide Side AccessBookcase and Display towers:Include (1) lock. 249 wide SideAccess Bookcase and Displaytowers: Include (2) locks

Note: 69 drawer behind doors arenot available within the wardrobeportion of towers. Drawers behinddoors can be specified with frontspainted in one of 6 accent colors. Ifan accent color is not selected thefronts will be painted black. Accentcolors include, (MEY) Memo Yellow,(MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG) SeafoamGreen, (REG) Robbins Egg Blue,(SSP) Sunset Pink and (KRD) KnollRed.

Application Notes

Hanging rails and other accessoriesare not included and must beordered separately. Hanging railsare included with 249 and 309 widelarteral drawers only. (See TowerAccessories for pricing and orderentry information)

Half depth adjustable shelves andcoat hooks may be orderedseparately allowing the cupboardarea of the 159, 249 and 309 widetowers to support binders as well asshorter coats. (See Tower Accessoriesfor pricing and order entryinformation)

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions under, w, d and h areactual to the nearest 1/169

509, 579 and 649 Tower InternalDimensions• Box and M drawer height: 45/169• Box and M drawer width: 121/169• Box and M drawer depth: 183/89• File drawer height: 91/49• File drawer width: 121/169• File drawer depth: 183/89• Wide drawer height: 99/169• Wide drawer width: 203/49• Wide drawer depth: 227/89

Note: All towers are configuredfrom the top down with standardcombinations of box and filedrawers.

Note: Drawer behind door listpricing is as follows: 1=$250

Series 2 Storage

157

Ser

ies

2C

urre

nts

Fron

tSto

rage

Page 158: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Accessories

description type w d h pattern no. list

Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit (Not for use in39high drawers)

DT3PDD $329.

Drawer Divider for Box Drawer DS1PBD 28.

Drawer Divider for File Drawer DS1PFD 28.

Pencil Tray DS1PPT 33.

Pedstal Drawer Reference Tablet with Plexi GlassCover

DT3RT 95.

Stationary Insert for box drawers (4 trays) DS1PST 144.

Order Code

Example: DT3PDD-MEY

DT3 Series 2 SteelPDD Pedestal Drawer Divider

KitMEY Memo Yellow paint

finish

Specification Information

DT3PDD Pedestal Drawer Dividersand DT3RT Pedestal DrawerReference Tablets are supportedwith a black painted finishstandard. Select from six additionalaccent colors at no-charge. Accentcolors are as follows: (MEY) MemoYellow, (MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG)Seafoam Green, (REG) Robbins EggBlue, Knoll Red (KRD) and (SSP)Sunset Pink.

Note : Al l other pedestal accessoryitems including the Pencil tray arefinished in Black only.

Application Notes

The Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit(DT3PDD) is comprised of a seriesof magnetic fences that attach to thebottom of a pedestal drawer body tosupport the division andmanagement of space withinpedestal box or file drawers. Eachkit consist of (4) 39 wide, (3) 69wide, (2) 99 wide and (2) 129 widedividers. Dividers are constructedfrom steel and are available in sixaccent colors as well as black

The Pedestal Drawer ReferenceTablet (DT3RT) provides a platformfor supporting frequently accessedphone lists or important information.Each (DT3RT) is supported with aremoveable clear plexi cover toprotect your printed information.Reference tablets are available insix accent colors as well as black.

Series 2 Storage

158

Page 159: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Pedestals Accessories

description type w d h pattern no. list

File Support Channel DS1PFS $28.

Series 2 Floorstanding Pedestal Retrofit Lock Kit DS2LKKT 49.

Order Code

Example: DT3PDD-MEY

DT3 Series 2 SteelPDD Pedestal Drawer Divider

KitMEY Memo Yellow paint

finish

Specification Information

DT3PDD Pedestal Drawer Dividersand DT3RT Pedestal DrawerReference Tablets are supportedwith a black painted finishstandard. Select from six additionalaccent colors at no-charge. Accentcolors are as follows: (MEY) MemoYellow, (MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG)Seafoam Green, (REG) Robbins EggBlue, Knoll Red (KRD) and (SSP)Sunset Pink.

Note : Al l other pedestal accessoryitems including the Pencil tray arefinished in Black only.

Application Notes

The Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit(DT3PDD) is comprised of a seriesof magnetic fences that attach to thebottom of a pedestal drawer body tosupport the division andmanagement of space withinpedestal box or file drawers. Eachkit consist of (4) 39 wide, (3) 69wide, (2) 99 wide and (2) 129 widedividers. Dividers are constructedfrom steel and are available in sixaccent colors as well as black

The Pedestal Drawer ReferenceTablet (DT3RT) provides a platformfor supporting frequently accessedphone lists or important information.Each (DT3RT) is supported with aremoveable clear plexi cover toprotect your printed information.Reference tablets are available insix accent colors as well as black.

Series 2 Storage

159

Acc

esso

ries

Page 160: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage AccessoriesT5 Task Lights

description type w d h pattern no. standard advanced

Task Light Use with 249 and wider overhead 199 49 11/29 DL3T5E19 ( ) $155. n/aUse with 309 and wider overhead 259 49 11/29 DL3T5E25 ( ) 166. 392.Use with 429 and wider overhead 379 49 11/29 DL3T5E37 ( ) 170. 413.Use with 609 and wider overhead 499 49 11/29 DL3T5E49 ( ) 194. 429.

Cord management (package of 50) DL3TC 39.

Order Code

Example: DL3T5E25SDL3 Task LightT5 T5 lampE Electronic ballast25 WidthS Standard

Specification Information

Specify:

Width - Task Lights mount incabinets and shelves at least 59wider than light width.

Type:S StandardA Advanced

Specify suffix -CH and add $45 listfor City of Chicago installations.Example: DL3T5E25S-CH

All housings are black.

Application Notes

Task lights mount into the recess inthe underside of overhead cabinetsand shelves at least 59 wider thantask light width.

Task lights include T5 cool white(4100K) fluorescent lamp,electronic ballast, 98 groundedcorset, prismatic lens, rockerswitch, one cord exit managementclip and mounting hardware.

Cord management clips must beordered separately.

Task light cordset is center exit. Onsmaller units cord exit is off-center,but still not handed.

Task lights are TCLP compliant andmeet requirements of CaliforniaTitle 24.

Advanced task lights are fitted withballast and lamp compliant withLEED requirements.

Series 2 Storage

160

Page 161: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Overhead Storage AccessoriesWall Mount and Upmount Brackets

description type w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3

Overhead Wall-Mount Bracket (Dividends) 249 1/29 141/49 DS1WM24 $61.309 1/29 141/49 DS1WM30 61.369 1/29 141/49 DS1WM36 64.429 1/29 DS1WM42 71.489 1/29 141/49 DS1WM48 78.

Overhead Shelf-Mount Bracket (Dividends) 309 1/29 79 DS1SWM30 61. 66. 71.369 1/29 79 DS1SWM36 64. 72. 76.429 1/29 79 DS1SWM42 71. 79. 82.489 1/29 141/49 DS1SWM48 78. 85. 88.

Vertical Dividers (Dark Grey only) Package of 4 DS1VD 80.

Series 2 Seel Front Up-Mount Bracket(Dividends)

7/89 123/169 113/49 DB1U18 61. 66. 71.

Overhead Cabinet Lock Retrofit Kit DS1OHL 48.

Order Code

Example: DS1WM24

DS1 DividendsWM Overhead Wall Mount24 249 Wide

Specification Information

Overhead wall mount brackets areintended for use with Series 2 Steelfront and Veneer front Overheadswith Dividends brackets

Overhead Shelf-Mount brackets areintended for use with Dividends andDividends Series 2 shelves

Critical Dimensions

Dimensions listed under w, h andd are actual to the nearest 1/169

Series 2 Storage

161

Acc

esso

ries

Page 162: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Tower AccessoriesShelves and Worksurface Splice Plate Kits

description type w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3

159 Wide Half Depth Shelf Half Depth 159 129 3/49 DT3HDS15 $112.

249 Wide Half Depth Shelf Half Depth 249 129 3/49 DT3HDS24 118.

309 Wide Half Depth Shelf Half Depth 309 129 3/49 DT3HDS30 140.

159 Wide Full Depth Shelf Full Depth 159 223/89 19 DT3FDS15 79.

249 Wide Full Depth Shelf Full Depth 249 223/89 19 DT3FDS24 87.

309 Wide Full Depth Shelf Full Depth 309 223/89 19 DT3FDS30 93.

Order Code

Example: DT3HDS15

DT3 Series 2 TowersHDS Half Depth Shelf15 159 Wide

Specification Information

Half Depth Shelves:

159 wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 159 wide singledoor towers or a 309 wide towerswith a 159 wide wardrobe

249 wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 249 wide singledoor or 249 wide double door towers

309 wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 309 widedouble door towers

Side Access Bookcase andDisplay Shelves:

Side Access Bookcase and DisplayShelves are available in glass orsteel construction. Shelves are foruse with Side Access bookcase andDisplay towers only. Glass shelvesare frosted

Application Notes

Worksurface Splice Plate Kits areintended for use with Side AccessBookcase and Display towers only.Splice Plate Kits permit theattachment of standard 249 deep(Nominal) worksurfaces. Each kitcontains a connector bracket andtrim panel. Trim panels should bespecified to match the tower paintfinish

Note: All Shelves are useradjustable

Series 2 Storage

162

Page 163: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Tower AccessoriesShelves and Worksurface Splice Plate Kits

description type w d h pattern no. list P1 P2 P3

Glass Shelf for Side Access Bookcase andDisplay Tower

Qty 2 shelves DT3GBCDS $348.

Metal Shelf for Side Access Bookcase andDisplay Towers

Qty 2 Shelves DT3MBCDS 183. 200. 211.

Worksurface Splice Plate Kit for Display and SideAccess Bookcase Towers

DT3WSP 122. 135. 141.

Order Code

Example: DT3HDS15

DT3 Series 2 TowersHDS Half Depth Shelf15 159 Wide

Specification Information

Half Depth Shelves:

159 wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 159 wide singledoor towers or a 309 wide towerswith a 159 wide wardrobe

249 wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 249 wide singledoor or 249 wide double door towers

309 wide half depth shelves aresuitable for use with 309 widedouble door towers

Side Access Bookcase andDisplay Shelves:

Side Access Bookcase and DisplayShelves are available in glass orsteel construction. Shelves are foruse with Side Access bookcase andDisplay towers only. Glass shelvesare frosted

Application Notes

Worksurface Splice Plate Kits areintended for use with Side AccessBookcase and Display towers only.Splice Plate Kits permit theattachment of standard 249 deep(Nominal) worksurfaces. Each kitcontains a connector bracket andtrim panel. Trim panels should bespecified to match the tower paintfinish

Note: All Shelves are useradjustable

Series 2 Storage

163

Acc

esso

ries

Page 164: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Tower AccessoriesAdd-on Modules

description w d h pattern no. P1 P2 P3

Tower Add-on module 159 231/29 159 DT3A1515 $684. $787. $826.249 231/29 159 DT3A1524 739. 850. 892.

Order Code

Example: DT3A1515-117

DT3 Series 2 Steel FrontA Add-on Module15 Nominal Height15 Nominal Depth117 Soft Grey paint finish

Specification Information

Tower Add-on modules areconstructed from steel with apowder coat paint finish. They arenot intended for use with veneerfront towers or other Knollstorage tower products.

Add-on modules are available witha seamless steel top option. Tospecify this option, place an ‘‘X’’ atthe end of the pattern number,(example, DT3A1515X) and add$100.00 list to the unit price.

The depth and width of an Add-onmodule must match that of theparent tower.Add-on modulesenable side access storage forstandard front access, single, doubleand wardobe door towerconfigurations. Add-on modules arecompatible with side access displayand bookcase towers.

Application Notes

Tower Add-on modules are intendedfor use with 159 and 249 wide Steel,Morrison, Calibre and Currents fronttowers only.

Add-on modules are field installedand are non-handed.

The overall actual height of anAdd-on module is 159, thereforeadding 159 to the overall height ofthe parent S2 tower

The overall actual interior clearanceof an Add-on module is 135/89

Note, depth corresponds with thewidth of the parent tower, which iseither 15 ( or 24 ( wide.

Add-on modules cannot bedouble stacked.

Series 2 Storage

164

Page 165: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Tower AccessoriesMarker Boards

description pattern no. list

Marker board for 509 high single door tower with1 wide file drawer

MB50W $282.

Marker board for 509 high single door tower with2 wide file drawers

MB50WW 262.

Marker board for 509 high tower with 1 box and 2file drawers

MB50BFF 111.

Marker board for 509 high tower with 3 filedrawers

MB50FFF 106.

Marker board for 649 high tower with 1 box and 2file drawers

MB64BFF 170.

Marker board for 649 high tower with 3 filedrawers

MB64FFF 160.

Marker board for 649 high tower with 4 filedrawers

MB64FFFF 111.

Marker board for 649 high single door tower with2 wide file drawers

MB64WW 282.

Marker board for 649 high single door tower with1 wide file drawer

MB64W 298.

Order Code

Example: MB64BFF-MEY

MB MarkerboardBFF For use in Box/File/File

TowerMEY Memo Yellow Paint

Finish

Specification Information

Markerboards are intended for usewithin standard single door orwardobe towers with a cupboard.Markerboards attach to the interiorof cupboard doors. To determine thecorrect size Markerboard for yourtower, first determine the drawerconfiguration and height of either asingle door or wardobe tower with acupboard. Then match the drawerconfiguration to the Markerboarddescriptions listed on this page,example,if you have a 159 wide x 509high single door tower with aFile/File/File drawer configuration,you would specify aMB50FFFMarkerboars are shippedwith a white paint finish standard,but may be specified in one of 5vivid accent colors, which are asfollows: Memo Yellow (MEY),Marine Grey (MRG), Seafoam Green(SFG), Robbins Egg Blue (REB)andSunset Pink (SSP)

Application Notes

Markerboards may be added tocupboard or single door towers atanytime

Series 2 Storage

165

Acc

esso

ries

Page 166: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Tower AccessoriesMarker Boards

description pattern no. list

Marker board for 509 high tower with 2 box and 1file drawer or 2 file drawers

MB50FF $114.

Marker board for 649 high tower with 2 filedrawers

MB64FF 178.

Order Code

Example: MB64BFF-MEY

MB MarkerboardBFF For use in Box/File/File

TowerMEY Memo Yellow Paint

Finish

Specification Information

Markerboards are intended for usewithin standard single door orwardobe towers with a cupboard.Markerboards attach to the interiorof cupboard doors. To determine thecorrect size Markerboard for yourtower, first determine the drawerconfiguration and height of either asingle door or wardobe tower with acupboard. Then match the drawerconfiguration to the Markerboarddescriptions listed on this page,example,if you have a 159 wide x 509high single door tower with aFile/File/File drawer configuration,you would specify aMB50FFFMarkerboars are shippedwith a white paint finish standard,but may be specified in one of 5vivid accent colors, which are asfollows: Memo Yellow (MEY),Marine Grey (MRG), Seafoam Green(SFG), Robbins Egg Blue (REB)andSunset Pink (SSP)

Application Notes

Markerboards may be added tocupboard or single door towers atanytime

Series 2 Storage

166

Page 167: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Tower AccessoriesDrawer Dividers

description type w d h pattern no. list

Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit (Not for use in39high drawers)

DT3PDD $329.

File Drawer Divider Kit (Used within all lateralfile drawers except 39 high modules)

DT3FDD 410.

File Drawer Divider Kit (Used within 39 highlateral file or personal drawers)

DT3SDD 410.

Pencil Tray DS1PPT 33.

Order Code

Example: DT3PDD-MEY

DT3 Series 2 SteelPDD Pedestal Drawer Divider

KitMEY Memo Yellow paint

finish

Specification Information

DT3PDD Pedestal Drawer Dividersand DT3RT Pedestal DrawerReference Tablets are supportedwith a black painted finishstandard. Select from six additionalaccent colors at no-charge. Accentcolors are as follows: (MEY) MemoYellow, (MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG)Seafoam Green, (REG) Robbins EggBlue, Knoll Red (KRD) and (SSP)Sunset Pink.

Note : Al l other pedestal accessoryitems including the Pencil tray arefinished in Black only.

Application Notes

The Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit(DT3PDD) is comprised of a seriesof magnetic fences that attach to thebottom of a pedestal drawer body tosupport the division andmanagement of space withinpedestal box or file drawers. Eachkit consist of (4) 39 wide, (3) 69wide, (2) 99 wide and (2) 129 widedividers. Dividers are constructedfrom steel and are available in sixaccent colors as well as black

The Pedestal Drawer ReferenceTablet (DT3RT) provides a platformfor supporting frequently accessedphone lists or important information.Each (DT3RT) is supported with aremoveable clear plexi cover toprotect your printed information.Reference tablets are available insix accent colors as well as black.

Series 2 Storage

167

Acc

esso

ries

Page 168: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Tower AccessoriesDrawer Dividers

description type w d h pattern no. list

Pedstal Drawer Reference Tablet with Plexi GlassCover

DT3RT $95.

Drawer Divider for Box Drawer DS1PBD 28.

Drawer Divider for File Drawer DS1PFD 28.

Stationary Insert for box drawers (4 trays) DS1PST 144.

File Support Channel DS1PFS 28.

Order Code

Example: DT3PDD-MEY

DT3 Series 2 SteelPDD Pedestal Drawer Divider

KitMEY Memo Yellow paint

finish

Specification Information

DT3PDD Pedestal Drawer Dividersand DT3RT Pedestal DrawerReference Tablets are supportedwith a black painted finishstandard. Select from six additionalaccent colors at no-charge. Accentcolors are as follows: (MEY) MemoYellow, (MRG) Marine Grey, (SFG)Seafoam Green, (REG) Robbins EggBlue, Knoll Red (KRD) and (SSP)Sunset Pink.

Note : Al l other pedestal accessoryitems including the Pencil tray arefinished in Black only.

Application Notes

The Pedestal Drawer Divider Kit(DT3PDD) is comprised of a seriesof magnetic fences that attach to thebottom of a pedestal drawer body tosupport the division andmanagement of space withinpedestal box or file drawers. Eachkit consist of (4) 39 wide, (3) 69wide, (2) 99 wide and (2) 129 widedividers. Dividers are constructedfrom steel and are available in sixaccent colors as well as black

The Pedestal Drawer ReferenceTablet (DT3RT) provides a platformfor supporting frequently accessedphone lists or important information.Each (DT3RT) is supported with aremoveable clear plexi cover toprotect your printed information.Reference tablets are available insix accent colors as well as black.

Series 2 Storage

168

Page 169: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Storage Tower AccessoriesCoat Hooks and Rods

description type w d h pattern no. list

Coat bar kit for 99 wide wardrobes DT3CB9 $106.

Coat Bar Kit for 159 wide single door or 159 widewardrobe

DT3CB15 111.

Coat Bar for 309 wide single door tower DT3CB30 130.

Coat Bar for 249 wide single door towers DT3CB24 118.

Drop Down Coat Hook for Use in tower withoutstandard wardrobe

DT3DCH 71.

Floor Cover for 99 Wide Wardrobe 99 Wide Wardrobe DT3FM9 51.

Floor Cover for 159 Wide Wardrobe 159 Wide Wardrobe DT3FM15 62.

Specification Information

All towers with a 99 or 159 wardrobeare shipped with one coat hookinstalled at the factory. Coat rods areavailable as an accessory item andbe placed within a 99 or 159wardobe or used within a 249 or 309tower.

Application Notes

Drop Down cost hooks should beused when a wardobe is not present.Drop Down coat hooks permit thehanging of coats and jackets withinsingle door or double doortowers.Floor Covers are designed foruse within 99 and 159 wardobes only

Note : Consider combining a DropDown coat hook with half depthshelves within a single door ordouble door tower to gain additionalfunctionality from the cupboard areaof the tower.

Series 2 Storage

169

Acc

esso

ries

Page 170: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

pattern no. page

AS2DW30L 126

AS2DW36L 126

AS2PFL18A 124

AS2PFL18B 124

AS2PFL24A 124

AS2PFL24B 124

AS2PFL30A 124

AS2PFL30B 124

AS2PML18A 125

AS2PML18B 125

AS2PML18F 125

AS2PML24A 125

AS2PML24B 125

AS2PML24F 125

AT3BDLH6415BBFL 133

AT3BDLH6415FFL 134

AT3BDRH6415BBFL 133

AT3BDRH6415FFL 134

AT3D5024WL 135

AT3D5024WWL 136

AT3D5030WL 149

AT3D5030WWL 149

AT3D5724WL 142

AT3D5724WWL 142

AT3D5730WL 151

AT3D5730WWL 151

AT3D6424WL 143

AT3D6424WWL 144

AT3D6430WL 153

AT3D6430WWL 154

AT3SBLH4215BBFL 127

AT3SBLH4215FFL 127

AT3SBLH5015BBFL 129

AT3SBLH5015FFL 129

AT3SBLH5715BBFL 130

AT3SBLH5715FFL 131

AT3SBLH6415BBFL 133

AT3SBLH6415FFL 133

AT3SBRH4215BBFL 127

AT3SBRH4215FFL 127

AT3SBRH5015BBFL 129

AT3SBRH5015FFL 129

AT3SBRH5715BBFL 130

AT3SBRH5715FFL 131

AT3SBRH6415BBFL 133

AT3SBRH6415FFL 133

AT3SLH5015BBFFL 128

AT3SLH5015BBFL 127

AT3SLH5015FFFL 128

AT3SLH5015FFL 128

AT3SLH5024WL 135

AT3SLH5024WWL 135

AT3SLH5715BBFL 129

AT3SLH5715FFFL 130

AT3SLH5715FFL 130

AT3SLH5724WL 141

AT3SLH5724WWL 142

AT3SLH6415BBFFL 132

AT3SLH6415BBFL 131

AT3SLH6415FFFFL 132

AT3SLH6415FFFL 132

pattern no. page

AT3SLH6415FFL 131

AT3SLH6424WL 143

AT3SLH6424WWL 143

AT3SRH5015BBFFL 128

AT3SRH5015BBFL 127

AT3SRH5015FFFL 128

AT3SRH5015FFL 128

AT3SRH5024WL 135

AT3SRH5024WWL 135

AT3SRH5715BBFL 129

AT3SRH5715FFFL 130

AT3SRH5715FFL 130

AT3SRH5724WL 141

AT3SRH5724WWL 142

AT3SRH6415BBFFL 132

AT3SRH6415BBFL 131

AT3SRH6415FFFFL 132

AT3SRH6415FFFL 132

AT3SRH6415FFL 131

AT3SRH6424WL 143

AT3SRH6424WWL 143

AT3WBDLH6424BBFL 148

AT3WBDLH6424FFL 148

AT3WBDRH6424BBFL 148

AT3WBDRH6424FFL 148

AT3WSBLH4224BBFL 138

AT3WSBLH4224FFL 138

AT3WSBLH5024BBFL 138

AT3WSBLH5024FFL 139

AT3WSBLH5724BBFL 141

AT3WSBLH5724FFL 141

AT3WSBLH6424BBFL 147

AT3WSBLH6424FFL 148

AT3WSBRH4224BBFL 138

AT3WSBRH4224FFL 138

AT3WSBRH5024BBFL 138

AT3WSBRH5024FFL 139

AT3WSBRH5724BBFL 141

AT3WSBRH5724FFL 141

AT3WSBRH6424BBFL 147

AT3WSBRH6424FFL 148

AT3WSLH5024BBFFL 137

AT3WSLH5024BBFL 136

AT3WSLH5024BFFL 137

AT3WSLH5024FFFL 137

AT3WSLH5024FFL 136

AT3WSLH5030BBFFL 151

AT3WSLH5030BBFL 149

AT3WSLH5030BFFL 150

AT3WSLH5030FFFL 150

AT3WSLH5030FFL 150

AT3WSLH5724BBFFL 139

AT3WSLH5724BBFL 139

AT3WSLH5724BFFL 153

AT3WSLH5724FFFL 140

AT3WSLH5724FFL 140

AT3WSLH5730BBFFL 153

AT3WSLH5730BBFL 152

AT3WSLH5730BFFL 140

AT3WSLH5730FFFL 152

AT3WSLH5730FFL 152

pattern no. page

AT3WSLH6424BBFFL 146

AT3WSLH6424BBFL 144

AT3WSLH6424BFFL 145

AT3WSLH6424FFFFL 147

AT3WSLH6424FFFL 146

AT3WSLH6424FFL 145

AT3WSLH6430BBFFL 156

AT3WSLH6430BBFL 154

AT3WSLH6430BFFL 156

AT3WSLH6430FFFFL 157

AT3WSLH6430FFFL 155

AT3WSLH6430FFL 155

AT3WSRH5024BBFFL 137

AT3WSRH5024BBFL 136

AT3WSRH5024BFFL 137

AT3WSRH5024FFFL 137

AT3WSRH5024FFL 136

AT3WSRH5030BBFFL 151

AT3WSRH5030BBFL 149

AT3WSRH5030BFFL 150

AT3WSRH5030FFFL 150

AT3WSRH5030FFL 150

AT3WSRH5724BBFFL 139

AT3WSRH5724BBFL 139

AT3WSRH5724BFFL 153

AT3WSRH5724FFFL 140

AT3WSRH5724FFL 140

AT3WSRH5730BBFFL 153

AT3WSRH5730BBFL 152

AT3WSRH5730BFFL 140

AT3WSRH5730FFFL 152

AT3WSRH5730FFL 152

AT3WSRH6424BBFFL 146

AT3WSRH6424BBFL 144

AT3WSRH6424BFFL 145

AT3WSRH6424FFFFL 147

AT3WSRH6424FFFL 146

AT3WSRH6424FFL 145

AT3WSRH6430BBFFL 156

AT3WSRH6430BBFL 154

AT3WSRH6430BFFL 156

AT3WSRH6430FFFFL 157

AT3WSRH6430FFFL 155

AT3WSRH6430FFL 155

DB1U18 13, 161

DL3T5E19 160

DL3T5E25 160

DL3T5E37 160

DL3T5E49 160

DL3TC 160

DS1OHL 161

DS1PBD 158, 168

DS1PFD 158, 168

DS1PFS 159, 168

DS1PPT 158, 167

DS1PST 158, 168

DS1SWM30 161

DS1SWM36 161

DS1SWM42 161

DS1SWM48 161

DS1VD 161

pattern no. page

DS1WM24 161

DS1WM30 161

DS1WM36 161

DS1WM42 161

DS1WM48 161

DS2DW30L 11

DS2DW36L 11

DS2LKKT 159

DS2OD36L 14, 59

DS2OD42L 14, 59

DS2OD48L 14, 59

DS2OD54L 14, 59

DS2OD60L 14, 59

DS2OD66L 14, 59

DS2OD72L 14, 59

DS2PFL18A 9

DS2PFL18B 9

DS2PFL24A 9

DS2PFL24B 9

DS2PFL30A 9

DS2PFL30B 9

DS2PM24L 12, 57

DS2PM30L 12, 57

DS2PM36L 12, 57

DS2PM42L 12, 57

DS2PM48L 12, 57

DS2PM54L 12, 57

DS2PM60L 12, 57

DS2PM66L 12, 57

DS2PM72L 12, 57

DS2PML18A 10

DS2PML18B 10

DS2PML18F 10

DS2PML24A 10

DS2PML24B 10

DS2PML24F 10

DS2UM30L 13, 58

DS2UM36L 13, 58

DS2UM42L 13, 58

DS2UM48L 13, 58

DS2UM54L 13, 58

DS2UM60L 13, 58

DS2UM66L 13, 58

DS2UM72L 13, 58

DS2XPB 9, 54, 87, 124

DT3A1515 164

DT3A1524 164

DT3BDLH6415BBFL 23

DT3BDLH6415FFL 24

DT3BDRH6415BBFL 23

DT3BDRH6415FFL 24

DT3CB15 169

DT3CB24 169

DT3CB30 169

DT3CB9 169

DT3D5024WL 26

DT3D5024WWL 26

DT3D5030WL 45

DT3D5030WWL 45

DT3D5724WL 32

DT3D5724WWL 32

Alpha-Numeric Index Series 2 Storage

170

Page 171: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

pattern no. page

DT3D5730WL 49

DT3D5730WWL 49

DT3D6424WL 33

DT3D6424WWL 34

DT3D6430WL 49

DT3D6430WWL 50

DT3DCH 169

DT3FDD 167

DT3FDS15 162

DT3FDS24 162

DT3FDS30 162

DT3FM15 169

DT3FM9 169

DT3FSLH5024L 39

DT3FSLH5724L 41

DT3FSLH6424L 43

DT3FSRH5024L 39

DT3FSRH5724L 41

DT3FSRH6424L 43

DT3FWSFLH5024BBFL 40

DT3FWSFLH5024FFL 40

DT3FWSFLH5724BBFL 42

DT3FWSFLH5724FFL 42

DT3FWSFLH6424BBFL 44

DT3FWSFLH6424FFL 44

DT3FWSFRH5024BBFL 40

DT3FWSFRH5024FFL 40

DT3FWSFRH5724BBFL 42

DT3FWSFRH5724FFL 42

DT3FWSFRH6424BBFL 44

DT3FWSFRH6424FFL 44

DT3FWSLH5024L 39

DT3FWSLH5724L 41

DT3FWSLH6424L 43

DT3FWSRH5024L 39

DT3FWSRH5724L 41

DT3FWSRH6424L 43

DT3GBCDS 163

DT3HDS15 162

DT3HDS24 162

DT3HDS30 162

DT3MBCDS 163

DT3PDD 158, 167

DT3RT 158, 168

DT3SBLH4215BBFL 17

DT3SBLH4215FFL 17

DT3SBLH5015BBFL 19

DT3SBLH5015FFL 19

DT3SBLH5715BBFL 21

DT3SBLH5715FFL 20

DT3SBLH6415BBFL 23

DT3SBLH6415FFL 23

DT3SBRH4215BBFL 17

DT3SBRH4215FFL 17

DT3SBRH5015BBFL 19

DT3SBRH5015FFL 19

DT3SBRH5715BBFL 21

DT3SBRH5715FFL 20

DT3SBRH6415BBFL 23

DT3SBRH6415FFL 23

DT3SDD 167

DT3SLH5015BBFFL 18

DT3SLH5015BBFL 17

DT3SLH5015FFFL 18

DT3SLH5015FFL 18

pattern no. page

DT3SLH5024WL 25

DT3SLH5024WWL 26

DT3SLH5715BBFL 20

DT3SLH5715FFFL 20

DT3SLH5715FFL 19

DT3SLH5724WL 31

DT3SLH5724WWL 32

DT3SLH6415BBFFL 22

DT3SLH6415BBFL 21

DT3SLH6415FFFFL 22

DT3SLH6415FFFL 22

DT3SLH6415FFL 21

DT3SLH6424WL 33

DT3SLH6424WWL 33

DT3SRH5015BBFFL 18

DT3SRH5015BBFL 17

DT3SRH5015FFFL 18

DT3SRH5015FFL 18

DT3SRH5024WL 25

DT3SRH5024WWL 26

DT3SRH5715BBFL 20

DT3SRH5715FFFL 20

DT3SRH5715FFL 19

DT3SRH5724WL 31

DT3SRH5724WWL 32

DT3SRH6415BBFFL 22

DT3SRH6415BBFL 21

DT3SRH6415FFFFL 22

DT3SRH6415FFFL 22

DT3SRH6415FFL 21

DT3SRH6424WL 33

DT3SRH6424WWL 33

DT3WBDLH6424BBFL 38

DT3WBDLH6424FFL 38

DT3WBDRH6424BBFL 38

DT3WBDRH6424FFL 38

DT3WSBLH4224BBFL 25

DT3WSBLH4224FFL 25

DT3WSBLH5024BBFL 28

DT3WSBLH5024FFL 29

DT3WSBLH5724BBFL 31

DT3WSBLH5724FFL 31

DT3WSBLH6424BBFL 37

DT3WSBLH6424FFL 38

DT3WSBRH4224BBFL 25

DT3WSBRH4224FFL 25

DT3WSBRH5024BBFL 28

DT3WSBRH5024FFL 29

DT3WSBRH5724BBFL 31

DT3WSBRH5724FFL 31

DT3WSBRH6424BBFL 37

DT3WSBRH6424FFL 38

DT3WSLH5024BBFFL 28

DT3WSLH5024BBFL 27

DT3WSLH5024BFFL 27

DT3WSLH5024FFFL 28

DT3WSLH5024FFL 27

DT3WSLH5030BBFFL 47

DT3WSLH5030BBFL 45

DT3WSLH5030BFFL 46

DT3WSLH5030FFFL 46

DT3WSLH5030FFL 46

DT3WSLH5724BBFFL 30

DT3WSLH5724BBFL 30

DT3WSLH5724BFFL 30

pattern no. page

DT3WSLH5724FFFL 29

DT3WSLH5724FFL 29

DT3WSLH5730BBFFL 48

DT3WSLH5730BBFL 48

DT3WSLH5730BFFL 48

DT3WSLH5730FFFL 47

DT3WSLH5730FFL 47

DT3WSLH6424BBFFL 36

DT3WSLH6424BBFL 34

DT3WSLH6424BFFL 35

DT3WSLH6424FFFFL 37

DT3WSLH6424FFFL 36

DT3WSLH6424FFL 35

DT3WSLH6430BBFFL 52

DT3WSLH6430BBFL 50

DT3WSLH6430BFFL 52

DT3WSLH6430FFFFL 53

DT3WSLH6430FFFL 51

DT3WSLH6430FFL 51

DT3WSP 163

DT3WSRH5024BBFFL 28

DT3WSRH5024BBFL 27

DT3WSRH5024BFFL 27

DT3WSRH5024FFFL 28

DT3WSRH5024FFL 27

DT3WSRH5030BBFFL 47

DT3WSRH5030BBFL 45

DT3WSRH5030BFFL 46

DT3WSRH5030FFFL 46

DT3WSRH5030FFL 46

DT3WSRH5724BBFFL 30

DT3WSRH5724BBFL 30

DT3WSRH5724BFFL 30

DT3WSRH5724FFFL 29

DT3WSRH5724FFL 29

DT3WSRH5730BBFFL 48

DT3WSRH5730BBFL 48

DT3WSRH5730BFFL 48

DT3WSRH5730FFFL 47

DT3WSRH5730FFL 47

DT3WSRH6424BBFFL 36

DT3WSRH6424BBFL 34

DT3WSRH6424BFFL 35

DT3WSRH6424FFFFL 37

DT3WSRH6424FFFL 36

DT3WSRH6424FFL 35

DT3WSRH6430BBFFL 52

DT3WSRH6430BBFL 50

DT3WSRH6430BFFL 52

DT3WSRH6430FFFFL 53

DT3WSRH6430FFFL 51

DT3WSRH6430FFL 51

MB1U18 91

MB50BFF 165

MB50FF 166

MB50FFF 165

MB50W 165

MB50WW 165

MB64BFF 165

MB64FF 166

MB64FFF 165

MB64FFFF 165

MB64W 165

MB64WW 165

MS2BS24 92

pattern no. page

MS2BS30 92

MS2BS36 92

MS2BS42 92

MS2BS48 92

MS2BS54 92

MS2BS60 92

MS2BS66 92

MS2BS72 92

MS2DW30L 89

MS2DW36L 89

MS2PFL18A 87

MS2PFL18B 87

MS2PFL24A 87

MS2PFL24B 87

MS2PFL30A 87

MS2PFL30B 87

MS2PM30L 90

MS2PM36L 90

MS2PM42L 90

MS2PM48L 90

MS2PM54L 90

MS2PM60L 90

MS2PM66L 90

MS2PM72L 90

MS2PML18A 88

MS2PML18B 88

MS2PML18F 88

MS2PML24A 88

MS2PML24B 88

MS2PML24F 88

MS2UM30L 91

MS2UM36L 91

MS2UM42L 91

MS2UM48L 91

MS2UM54L 91

MS2UM60L 91

MS2UM66L 91

MS2UM72L 91

MT3BDLH6415BBFL 99

MT3BDLH6415FFL 100

MT3BDRH6415BBFL 99

MT3BDRH6415FFL 100

MT3D5024WL 101

MT3D5024WWL 102

MT3D5030WL 115

MT3D5030WWL 115

MT3D5730WL 119

MT3D5730WWL 119

MT3D6424WL 109

MT3D6424WWL 109

MT3D6430WL 120

MT3D6430WWL 120

MT3SBLH4215BBFL 93

MT3SBLH4215FFL 93

MT3SBLH5015BBFL 95

MT3SBLH5015FFL 95

MT3SBLH5715BBFL 97

MT3SBLH5715FFL 96

MT3SBLH6415BBFL 99

MT3SBLH6415FFL 99

MT3SBRH4215BBFL 93

MT3SBRH4215FFL 93

MT3SBRH5015BBFL 95

MT3SBRH5015FFL 95

MT3SBRH5715BBFL 97

Series 2 Storage

171

Page 172: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

pattern no. page

MT3SBRH5715FFL 96

MT3SBRH6415BBFL 99

MT3SBRH6415FFL 99

MT3SLH5015BBFFL 94

MT3SLH5015BBFL 93

MT3SLH5015FFFL 94

MT3SLH5015FFL 94

MT3SLH5024WL 101

MT3SLH5024WWL 101

MT3SLH5715BBFL 96

MT3SLH5715FFFL 96

MT3SLH5715FFL 95

MT3SLH5724WL 107

MT3SLH5724WWL 108

MT3SLH6415BBFFL 98

MT3SLH6415BBFL 97

MT3SLH6415FFFFL 98

MT3SLH6415FFFL 98

MT3SLH6415FFL 97

MT3SLH6424WL 108

MT3SLH6424WWL 108

MT3SRH5015BBFFL 94

MT3SRH5015BBFL 93

MT3SRH5015FFFL 94

MT3SRH5015FFL 94

MT3SRH5024WL 101

MT3SRH5024WWL 101

MT3SRH5715BBFL 96

MT3SRH5715FFFL 96

MT3SRH5715FFL 95

MT3SRH5724WL 107

MT3SRH5724WWL 108

MT3SRH6415BBFFL 98

MT3SRH6415BBFL 97

MT3SRH6415FFFFL 98

MT3SRH6415FFFL 98

MT3SRH6415FFL 97

MT3SRH6424WL 108

MT3SRH6424WWL 108

MT3WBDLH6424BBFL 114

MT3WBDLH6424FFL 114

MT3WBDRH6424BBFL 114

MT3WBDRH6424FFL 114

MT3WSBLH4224BBFL 104

MT3WSBLH4224FFL 104

MT3WSBLH5024BBFL 104

MT3WSBLH5024FFL 105

MT3WSBLH5724BBFL 107

MT3WSBLH5724FFL 107

MT3WSBLH6424BBFL 113

MT3WSBLH6424FFL 113

MT3WSBRH4224BBFL 104

MT3WSBRH4224FFL 104

MT3WSBRH5024BBFL 104

MT3WSBRH5024FFL 105

MT3WSBRH5724BBFL 107

MT3WSBRH5724FFL 107

MT3WSBRH6424BBFL 113

MT3WSBRH6424FFL 113

MT3WSLH5024BBFFL 103

MT3WSLH5024BBFL 102

MT3WSLH5024BFFL 103

MT3WSLH5024FFFL 103

MT3WSLH5024FFL 102

MT3WSLH5030BBFFL 117

pattern no. page

MT3WSLH5030BBFL 115

MT3WSLH5030BFFL 116

MT3WSLH5030FFFL 116

MT3WSLH5030FFL 116

MT3WSLH5724BBFFL 105

MT3WSLH5724BBFL 105

MT3WSLH5724BFFL 106

MT3WSLH5724FFFL 106

MT3WSLH5724FFL 106

MT3WSLH5730BBFFL 117

MT3WSLH5730BBFL 118

MT3WSLH5730BFFL 118

MT3WSLH5730FFFL 118

MT3WSLH5730FFL 119

MT3WSLH6424BBFFL 112

MT3WSLH6424BBFL 110

MT3WSLH6424BFFL 111

MT3WSLH6424FFFFL 112

MT3WSLH6424FFFL 111

MT3WSLH6424FFL 110

MT3WSLH6430BBFFL 123

MT3WSLH6430BBFL 121

MT3WSLH6430BFFL 122

MT3WSLH6430FFFFL 123

MT3WSLH6430FFFL 122

MT3WSLH6430FFL 121

MT3WSRH5024BBFFL 103

MT3WSRH5024BBFL 102

MT3WSRH5024BFFL 103

MT3WSRH5024FFFL 103

MT3WSRH5024FFL 102

MT3WSRH5030BBFFL 117

MT3WSRH5030BBFL 115

MT3WSRH5030BFFL 116

MT3WSRH5030FFFL 116

MT3WSRH5030FFL 116

MT3WSRH5724BBFFL 105

MT3WSRH5724BBFL 105

MT3WSRH5724BFFL 106

MT3WSRH5724FFFL 106

MT3WSRH5724FFL 106

MT3WSRH5730BBFFL 117

MT3WSRH5730BBFL 118

MT3WSRH5730BFFL 118

MT3WSRH5730FFFL 118

MT3WSRH5730FFL 119

MT3WSRH6424BBFFL 112

MT3WSRH6424BBFL 110

MT3WSRH6424BFFL 111

MT3WSRH6424FFFFL 112

MT3WSRH6424FFFL 111

MT3WSRH6424FFL 110

MT3WSRH6430BBFFL 123

MT3WSRH6430BBFL 121

MT3WSRH6430BFFL 122

MT3WSRH6430FFFFL 123

MT3WSRH6430FFFL 122

MT3WSRH6430FFL 121

RB1U18 16, 61

RS2BS24 62

RS2BS30 62

RS2BS36 62

RS2BS42 62

RS2BS48 62

RS2BS54 62

pattern no. page

RS2BS60 62

RS2BS66 62

RS2BS72 62

RS2DW30L 56

RS2DW36L 56

RS2PFL18A 54

RS2PFL18B 54

RS2PFL24A 54

RS2PFL24B 54

RS2PFL30A 54

RS2PFL30B 54

RS2PM24L 15, 60

RS2PM30L 15, 60

RS2PM36L 15, 60

RS2PM42L 15, 60

RS2PM48L 15, 60

RS2PM54L 15, 60

RS2PM60L 15, 60

RS2PM66L 15, 60

RS2PM72L 15, 60

RS2PML18A 55

RS2PML18B 55

RS2PML18F 55

RS2PML24A 55

RS2PML24B 55

RS2PML24F 55

RS2UM24L 16, 61

RS2UM30L 16, 61

RS2UM36L 16, 61

RS2UM42L 16, 61

RS2UM48L 16, 61

RS2UM54L 16, 61

RS2UM60L 16, 61

RS2UM66L 16, 61

RS2UM72L 16, 61

RT3D5024WL 67

RT3D5024WWL 68

RT3D5030WL 78

RT3D5030WWL 78

RT3D5724WL 72

RT3D5724WWL 72

RT3D5730WL 82

RT3D5730WWL 82

RT3D6424WL 73

RT3D6424WWL 74

RT3D6430WL 82

RT3D6430WWL 83

RT3SLH5015BBFFL 63

RT3SLH5015BBFL 63

RT3SLH5015FFFL 64

RT3SLH5015FFL 63

RT3SLH5024WL 67

RT3SLH5024WWL 67

RT3SLH5715BBFL 64

RT3SLH5715FFFL 64

RT3SLH5715FFL 65

RT3SLH5724WL 71

RT3SLH5724WWL 72

RT3SLH6415BBFFL 66

RT3SLH6415BBFL 65

RT3SLH6415FFFFL 66

RT3SLH6415FFFL 66

RT3SLH6415FFL 65

RT3SLH6424WL 73

RT3SLH6424WWL 73

pattern no. page

RT3SRH5015BBFFL 63

RT3SRH5015BBFL 63

RT3SRH5015FFFL 64

RT3SRH5015FFL 63

RT3SRH5024WL 67

RT3SRH5024WWL 67

RT3SRH5715BBFL 64

RT3SRH5715FFFL 64

RT3SRH5715FFL 65

RT3SRH5724WL 71

RT3SRH5724WWL 72

RT3SRH6415BBFFL 66

RT3SRH6415BBFL 65

RT3SRH6415FFFFL 66

RT3SRH6415FFFL 66

RT3SRH6415FFL 65

RT3SRH6424WL 73

RT3SRH6424WWL 73

RT3WSLH5024BBFFL 69

RT3WSLH5024BBFL 68

RT3WSLH5024BFFL 69

RT3WSLH5024FFFL 69

RT3WSLH5024FFL 68

RT3WSLH5030BBFFL 80

RT3WSLH5030BBFL 78

RT3WSLH5030BFFL 79

RT3WSLH5030FFFL 79

RT3WSLH5030FFL 79

RT3WSLH5724BBFFL 70

RT3WSLH5724BBFL 70

RT3WSLH5724BFFL 70

RT3WSLH5724FFFL 71

RT3WSLH5724FFL 71

RT3WSLH5730BBFFL 80

RT3WSLH5730BBFL 80

RT3WSLH5730BFFL 81

RT3WSLH5730FFFL 81

RT3WSLH5730FFL 81

RT3WSLH6424BBFFL 76

RT3WSLH6424BBFL 74

RT3WSLH6424BFFL 75

RT3WSLH6424FFFFL 77

RT3WSLH6424FFFL 76

RT3WSLH6424FFL 75

RT3WSLH6430BBFFL 85

RT3WSLH6430BBFL 83

RT3WSLH6430BFFL 85

RT3WSLH6430FFFFL 86

RT3WSLH6430FFFL 84

RT3WSLH6430FFL 84

RT3WSRH5024BBFFL 69

RT3WSRH5024BBFL 68

RT3WSRH5024BFFL 69

RT3WSRH5024FFFL 69

RT3WSRH5024FFL 68

RT3WSRH5030BBFFL 80

RT3WSRH5030BBFL 78

RT3WSRH5030BFFL 79

RT3WSRH5030FFFL 79

RT3WSRH5030FFL 79

RT3WSRH5724BBFFL 70

RT3WSRH5724BBFL 70

RT3WSRH5724BFFL 70

RT3WSRH5724FFFL 71

RT3WSRH5724FFL 71

Series 2 Storage

172

Page 173: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

pattern no. page

RT3WSRH5730BBFFL 80

RT3WSRH5730BBFL 80

RT3WSRH5730BFFL 81

RT3WSRH5730FFFL 81

RT3WSRH5730FFL 81

RT3WSRH6424BBFFL 76

RT3WSRH6424BBFL 74

RT3WSRH6424BFFL 75

RT3WSRH6424FFFFL 77

RT3WSRH6424FFFL 76

RT3WSRH6424FFL 75

RT3WSRH6430BBFFL 85

RT3WSRH6430BBFL 83

RT3WSRH6430BFFL 85

RT3WSRH6430FFFFL 86

RT3WSRH6430FFFL 84

RT3WSRH6430FFL 84

Series 2 Storage

173

Page 174: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

This Selling Policy supercedes all previous selling policies. Prices, discounts and product offerings are subject to change without notice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Terms & Conditions

of SalesSales by Knoll, Inc. or Knoll North America Corp. (‘‘Seller’’) of Knoll Product Lines (hereinafter ‘‘Products’’) within the United States and Canada aremade only on the terms which are contained in this Selling Policy. Seller hereby gives notice of its objection to any different or additional terms andconditions. This sale is expressly conditional upon Purchaser’s assent to the terms and conditions set forth below. Additional terms and conditions mayapply to KnollStudio and KnollTextiles orders. These terms and conditions may be modified or supplemented only by a written document signed by anauthorized representative of Seller. These terms and conditions supercede any prior and/or contemporaneous agreements or correspondence betweenPurchaser and Seller. Written quotations expire thirty (30) days from the date of issuance and can be withdrawn by written notice anytime during thatperiod. Where Purchaser and Seller have entered into the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions, all orders, acknowledgements, invoices and otherbusiness communications placed or transmitted in accordance with the Knoll Electronic Terms and Conditions shall be deemed to be in writing and signedand shall be valid for all purposes as if they were originated and maintained in documentary form.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ordering Information All orders must be in writing. The product pattern number(s) contained on Seller’s order acknowledgement shall be the final expression of the order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Order Confirmation A purchase order is not binding on Seller until Purchaser has received Seller’s order confirmation or acknowledgment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pricing Policies List prices are subject to change without notice.List prices shall be those prices in effect on the date of receipt of a complete purchase order unless shipment is requested more than ninety (90) days afterorder entry in which case prices in effect on the date of shipment apply. List prices include specified freight costs. Unless specified in writing by Seller, noother charges are included in Seller’s list prices.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Taxes All sales, use, excise and other taxes applicable to the sale of the Products shall be paid by Purchaser. If Purchaser claims an exemption from any tax,Purchaser shall submit to Seller the appropriate exemption certificates.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Terms of Payment Payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount is due within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice, which is issued upon shipment. Incase of any discrepancies, such as shortages, and Seller is notified in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of Product, only that portion may be deductedand the balance paid. For orders greater than $100,000 net, a one-third (1/3) deposit is due at the time of order placement, with the remainder due withinthirty (30) days of the date of invoice.KnollStudio orders less than $2,000 require payment for one hundred percent (100%) of the net order amount (including any applicable sales tax andcharges for inside delivery, special packaging, etc.), due at time of order placement. For KnollStudio orders greater than $2,000, a one-half (50%) depositis due at time of order placement with the remainder (including any applicable sales tax and charges for inside delivery, special packaging, etc.) due priorto shipment.If, in the judgment of Seller, Purchaser’s financial condition does not justify the terms of the payment, Seller may require full or partial payment inadvance.Past due accounts shall be charged one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month, or the highest rate permitted by law, whichever is less, and will be addedto the outstanding balance. In the event Purchaser defaults on payment, Purchaser shall be liable for all collection costs, including reasonable attorney’sfees and costs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes andCancellation

Purchase orders may not be changed or cancelled, in whole or in part, without prior written consent of Seller. Changes may effect delivery dates. Expensesincurred because of changes shall be charged to Purchaser. In the event of cancellations, Purchaser will be liable for reasonable cancellation chargesestablished by Seller. Orders for special Product, orders including ‘‘COM’’ (hereinafter defined) material and orders pursuant to expedited deliveryprograms, may not be canceled.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Freight Prepaid Freight is prepaid and included in the price of all Products, except KnollTextiles, within the 48 contiguous United States and Canada, excluding theYukon, Northwest Territories, Nunavut and Newfoundland. Packing is tested for rigorous motion and transportation but is not guaranteed to protectfurniture from conditions over which the Seller has no control. If special packaging is required for any reason, please consult with your salesrepresentative or dealer. Seller shall select the method of shipment and routing. All shipments shall be tailgate deliveries. Freight for all KnollTextilesorders is prepaid and added to the invoice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delivery/Freight Charges Shipments outside the contiguous 48 United States and Canada shall be shipped F.O.B. Origin.For shipments outside the contiguous United States and Canada, Purchaser is responsible for the cost of freight from point of embarkation, including anyhandling and transportation charges incidental to loading at the point of departure and unloading at the final destination.Conditions beyond the control of Seller, including weather, available facilities and traffic conditions, may affect exact time of delivery. Seller shall not beresponsible for specific carrier delivery date or time unless it has made a specific delivery commitment, in writing.Nonstandard methods of shipment and/or additional services are available upon request. Purchaser will be billed for the differential cost of any specialservices in excess of standard surface carrier freight costs. Premium charges, at Purchaser’s request, will be added for airfreight, exclusive use of vehicleand extra, export or special packaging. Accessorial charges will be added for inside delivery, extra labor, reconsignment and redelivery.Partial shipments may be made and invoiced by Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Claims All shipments for all Knoll Products within the contiguous United States and Canada are F.O.B. Origin. Risk of loss passes to Purchaser at time of deliveryto carrier. Purchaser shall inspect all Products upon receipt and notify Seller within ten (10) working days after receipt of any damage or defects which are,or should be, apparent from an inspection of the Product and its packaging. Failure of Purchaser to make a claim against carrier or notify Seller during theten (10) working day period shall constitute acceptance of the Products and waiver of any apparent defects, errors or shortages. Seller will agree to repairor replace Product damaged in shipment if Purchaser has notified Seller of freight damage within ten (10) working days after receipt and assigns its rightsagainst the carrier.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Seller’s Security Interest Until Seller receives the full payment for the Product, Seller shall have a security interest in the Product. Purchaser agrees to perform all acts, includingbut not limited to the execution and filing of documentation, which may be necessary to perfect and assure the security interest of Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Returns The return of Products without a written authorization by Seller shall not be accepted. To receive authorization for Product return, please call CustomerService. All Products that are returned pursuant to a valid authorization shall be subject to a twenty-five percent (25%) of list restocking charge. Productsnot currently offered for sale by Seller (including COM) shall not be authorized for return. All returned Products must be unused, in original condition andin the original Seller packing cartons. No refund or credit shall be given for damaged Products.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Held Orders/Storage If Purchaser requests that an order be held or delayed, prices and terms and conditions in effect at the time of shipment shall apply. If Purchaser requestsa delay after the time when Seller can defer production, Purchaser will be invoiced for the Product, payable in accordance with standard terms, when theorder is ready for shipment. Seller may transfer the Product to storage, in which case all expenses incurred in connection with storage, includingdemurrage, preparation for storage, storage charges and handling shall be payable by Purchaser upon submission of invoices by Seller. Risk of loss to theProduct shall pass to the Purchaser upon delivery of the Product into storage.

Selling Policy

174

Page 175: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

Customer’s Own Material A Purchaser who requests a fabric or other surface material not standard to Seller’s line of Products (‘‘COM’’) must submit samples of the requestedmaterial to Seller prior to entry of a purchaser order. Seller shall determine if the material is suitable to its manufacturing processes and meets anyrequirements of Underwriters Laboratories. If the COM is acceptable, Seller will then establish a price for using the COM or the Product in question. For adescription of the procedures for submitting samples and testing, contact customer resources or your sales representative. Seller shall have noresponsibility for the appearance, condition, performance, durability, colorfastness or any other physical attribute of the COM. Purchaser shall indemnifyand hold Seller harmless for any damages, injuries or losses arising out of or related to use of the COM on the Product.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Warranty Seller warrants to the original Purchaser only that the Products Seller manufactures and sells to Purchaser are free of defects in workmanship andmaterials, during the applicable warranty period set forth below.Warranty period set forth below for Bulldog, Chadwick, Essentials Work Chairs, Life, Open Up, RPM, Sapper and SoHo seating is for 24-hour, 7 days aweek, multi shift use.Should any failure to conform with this limited warranty appear to a Product listed below during the applicable warranty period from the date of shipment,Seller shall, upon prompt written notice, repair or replace, at its option and costs, the affected part or parts.Product and Period of WarrantyLifetime: AutoStrada, Calibre, Crinion Open Table, Currents, Dividends Horizon, Equity, Morrison, Reff laminate, Series 2 Storage and other non-woodcomponents (except cascade edge worksurfaces, operational parts, controls, electrical, Series 2 Veneer Front Storage, special or custom products or othermaterials specifically called out below, see below)10 Years: AutoStrada, Crinion Open Table, Reff wood components, Series 2 Veneer Front Storage, Wood Casegoods (Magnusson, The Graham Collection),Interaction tables (except height adjustment mechanisms for Counterforce, crank-adjustable, and split-top tables and worksurfaces, see below), Reuteroverheads, Reuter vertical storage, Bulldog, Chadwick, Essentials Work Chairs, Life, RPM and Sapper seating structural and operational parts, controls,casters, pneumatic cylinders, seat and back mesh (except seating upholstery, finishes and labor, wood casegoods upholstered surfaces, see below)5 Years: Operational parts, controls, electrical (except light ballasts and bulbs, see below), cascade edge worksurfaces, special or custom product, woodveneer products, A3, Currents handcrank, Interaction Counterforce, Interaction crank-adjustable, and split-top mechanisms, KnollStudio, KnollExtraadjustable keyboard supports, VDT carousel, monitor platform, equipment storage drawers and all universal storage drawers, Open Up, SoHo and Visorseating structural and operational parts, controls, pneumatic cylinders (except seating upholstery, finishes and labor, see below)3 Years: Upholstery, finishes and labor to repair the following chairs: Bulldog, Chadwick, Essentials Work Chairs, Life, Open Up, RPM, Sapper and SoHo.2 Years: All other KnollExtra product1 Year: Light ballasts and bulbs, seating upholstered armpads and soft armpads, wood casegoods upholstered surfaces, Visor finishes and labor to repair.This warranty does not apply to:• Damage caused by a carrier other than the Seller.• Normal wear and tear or acts or omissions of parties other than Seller (including user modification).• COM or other third party materials applied to Products.• Products not installed by or under the auspices of a certified dealer of Seller.• Dramatic temperature variations or exposure to unusual conditions.• Except as specifically noted above, textiles and upholstery supplied by KnollTextiles (consult current KnollTextiles price list for applicable warranty).Natural variations occurring in wood, marble, and leather shall not be considered defects, and the Seller does not guarantee the colorfastness or matchingof the colors, grains or textures, or surface hardness of such materials. The Seller also does not guarantee the colorfastness of fiberglass panel surfaces.THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANYWARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES ARISING FROMCOURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.The remedies provided above are the Purchaser’s sole remedies for any failure of Seller to comply with its obligations regarding the workmanship of itsProducts. Correction of any nonconformity in the manner and for the period of time provided shall constitute complete fulfillment of all liabilities of Seller,with respect to or arising out of the Product furnished hereunder.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delay/Force Majeure Seller shall not be liable for failure to perform or for delay in performance due to fire, flood, strike or other labor difficulty, act of God, act of anygovernmental authority or of the Purchaser, riot, embargo, fuel or energy shortage, wrecks or delay in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor,materials or manufacturing facilities from usual sources or failure of suppliers to meet their contractual obligations, or due to any cause beyond itsreasonable control. If any such event occurs, Seller may extend delivery dates by a period of time necessary to overcome the effect of such delay, allocateavailable Product or cancel any purchase order.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Compliance with Law PURCHASER IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS, ORDINANCES,REGULATIONS, RULES AND STANDARDS RELATING TO THE INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, USE AND OPERATION OF THE PRODUCTS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Patents Subject to the following provisions, Seller shall, at its own expense, defend or, at its option, settle any claim, suit or proceeding brought against thePurchaser, and/or its vendees, mediate and immediate, so far as based on an allegation that any Product or any part thereof furnished hereunderconstitutes a direct or a contributory infringement of any claim of any patent of the United States or Canada. This obligation shall be effective only ifPurchaser shall have made all payments then due hereunder and if Seller is notified promptly in writing and given authority, information and assistancefor the defense of said claim, suit or proceeding. Seller shall pay all damages and costs awarded in such suit or proceedings so defended.The foregoing indemnity does not apply to the following:• Products supplied according to a design other than that of Seller, and which is required by the Purchaser.• Combination of the Product with another product not furnished hereunder unless Seller is a contributory infringer.• Any settlements of a suit or proceeding made without Seller’s written consent.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Limitations of Liability SELLER, ITS CONTRACTORS, AUTHORIZED DEALERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS OF ANY TIER SHALL NOT BELIABLE TO PURCHASER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM ABREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT.Purchaser’s remedies set forth herein are exclusive and the liability of Seller with respect to the breach of this agreement or any contract entered intobetween the parties pursuant hereto shall not exceed the price of the Product or part on which such liability is based.

Selling Policy

175

Page 176: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

KnollKey Lock Program

KnollKeyLock ProgramGeneral InformationFollowing is the KnollKey lock policy, applicable to all products.

Key-alikeFor the convenience of the user, furniture may be keyed alike at nocharge. Write ‘‘Key-alike’’ in the description of your purchase order forany pedestal, overhead, file or other item you wish to have keyed alike.

Using the key-alike instructions, order cores and keys as line items onyour purchase order. Do NOT submit a key-alike form. The Knoll EastGreenville Lock Center will select key numbers from the standard range ofK 001 - K 250. Key numbers will not be repeated unless over 250 sets areordered. Lock cores keyed-alike will ship separately from the product,ready for field installation.

There is no charge for key-alike orders if placed with the furniture order.

IF THE KEY-ALIKE ORDER IS NOT PLACED AT LEAST TWO WEEKSPRIOR TO THE FURNITURE SHIP DATE, A $50 HANDLING CHARGEAND AIR FREIGHT CHARGES WILL APPLY.

If product is ordered and shipped random-keyed, additional lock coresfor key-alike are billable.

Random-KeyingTo specify product keyed-random, write ‘‘key-random’’ in the productdescription. Random-keyed product is shipped with the lock core factoryinstalled. A shrouded key is included. Random means no effort has beenmade to match key numbers, or to make them different.

KeysA Knoll shrouded key is shipped with every lock core. 250 Key numbersare available. For numbers above 250, contact Custom ProductDevelopment. Additional keys and key blanks are available. See serviceparts for more information.

Master KeyingKnoll locks can be controlled by means of a master key. There is noadditional per-lock charge for master keying. A letter of approval from theclient must accompany orders for master keys.

Installing Lock CoresLock cores can be installed or removed in the field by using a change key.Cores must be in the unlocked position to be removed. See service partsfor change key pattern number and pricing.

Lock DistributionAll orders for key-alike lock cores/keys are packaged and shipped fromthe East Greenville Lock Center, regardless of where the pedestals,overhead, or other units are produced. Random keyed product will havecores factory-installed.

How to SpecifyKey-AlikeFollowing is an example of how to specify key-alike for a cluster of 10workstations.

Step 1 - Using the project floorplan, count the number of locks in eachworkstation.

Step 2 - Count the number of workstations with the same quantity oflocks. Group together the workstations with a like number of locks.

5 workstations with 2 locks per station3 workstations with 4 locks per station2 workstations with 5 locks per station

Step 3 - For the first group (5 sets of 2 locks), enter the number ofworkstations in the quantity column.

Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List

5

Step 4 - Then enter the pattern number ‘‘KSPEC_ _’’ and add a suffix forthe number of locks for that group (i.e., for 2 locks per station, add thesuffix ‘‘2’’). Up to 30 lock cores are available in a set (i.e., KSPEC 30).

Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List

5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C

Step 5 - Repeat for other groups.

Qty Pattern # Description Unit List Ext. List

5 KSPEC 2 Set of 2 cores/keys N / C N / C

3 KSPEC 4 Set of 4 cores/keys N / C N / C

2 KSPEC 5 Set of 5 cores/keys N / C N / C

Your Key instructions are complete.

Knoll will select key numbers for each set from 250 available numbers.Additional key numbers are available through Custom ProductDevelopment. For additions to existing installations, specify desiredkey numbers in the description.

Service PartsPattern # Description List Price

KKEY_ _ _ Shrouded KeySpecify key number desired

$5

KBLANK Shrouded Key Blank $5

KSPECB_ _ _ Retrofit Universal Core/KeySpecify key number desired

$18

KCHANGE Change Key $5

KMASTER* Master Key $5

*Note: A letter of approval on company letterhead from the client mustaccompany all orders for master keys.

176

Page 177: Table of Contents Series 2 Storage - Knoll · 609,669 and 729 Panel Upmount Cabinet Series 2 Upmount cabinet specification: • Horizontal top and shelf: 18-gauge (309 to 489 wide),

General Ordering Information

The ProductsThis guide encompasses all standard products for this product group.

SizesDimensions listed in this guide are indicated as:H = heightW = widthD = depthDia. = diameterRad. = radius

PricingAll prices shown are list.

How to OrderSelect pattern numbers and quantities required for your complete installation. Product questions can beaddressed in the specific sections of this guide or by contacting your sales representative or customerresource representative at 1-800-343-5665.

Next, select options (if required), along with colors and finishes appropriate to each product. Reference theFinishes and Fabrics pages for color designations.

On large installations, an item’s ‘‘designated area’’ can be specified to assist in product organization andhandling.

To expedite complete / correct entry of your order, be certain all pattern numbers, quantities, colors andarea identifications are completely specified. Also, include complete purchase order numbers, bill-to andship-to addresses, a contact name and specific factory shipping dates required.

Mail all orders to:Knoll, Inc.1235 Water StreetP.O. Box 157East Greenville, PA 18041Attention: Order Entry

Once your order is entered at Knoll, an acknowledgment will be mailed to you. You will be advised of yourscheduled shipping date within five days of the original acknowledgment. If it is necessary to revise yourorder, please contact your customer resource representative.

Sustainability Statement

Sustainable design is a key component of Knoll’s environmental focus. Our commitment to socialresponsibility and a healthy environment has prompted us to further articulate our longstandingenvironmental programs and, with encouragement and support from our colleagues in the industry, we havere-energized our focus on such ‘‘green’’ initiatives as life cycle analysis and LEED™ certification. Knoll isproud to have contributed to projects that have received LEED certification from the U.S. Green BuildingCouncil.

For the latest information on Knoll products that help our customers achieve LEED certification, log on toknoll.com, click on ‘‘About Knoll’’ and then ‘‘Environmental Focus.’’

177